·SRIPATIPADDHATI
il faragha: 11
TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH WITH NOTES AND
A SAMPLC HOROSCOPE WORKED OUT
BY
'anditabhushana: V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI, BA,
Asst. Secretary to the Govt of Mysore (Retired)
AND
Translator of Brihatjataka, Jatakaparijata, l'haladecpika, ctc
Revised and Enlarged.
(Copyright Registered)
PRINTED BY
V. B. SOOIBIALI AND SONS, BANGALORE
1937
[Price Rs. 2-8-0.

·('opres of this lol can lir han of
Panditathashana
V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI, DA.
50, 3rd Cross Road,
Basa vangudi Pro
BANGALORE.

·PREFACES TO THE FIRST EDITION, To calculate correctly the strength of the severaı sigoincators which is very essential for 1 right understanding aod determination of the 17 (Ayurdaya) and the T27 (Dasa) periods as laid dowa by archit (Varahamıhıra) in his TET (Brihat Jataka) and also for a certaining the (Dasakra na the sequence of the D1525) of the several significators, correct ideas of Bhavas and their Sphetas are needed and to help the student in this direction I have thought it desirable to present him with an innotried Cngi h transition of the situatic (Sripitipaddhats) in Southern Iadır the 35721 (Ududasa) system is fullored, though it is not so much as even mentioned by quieter (Varahı mihira) But it does not appear to proceed on quite rutinnal lines According to this system, all crentures born on this earth under different latitudes and meridians are presumed to have the sime horoscopes provided the births occur at the same appirent local time, and conseguently to be subject to the came trend of fortune and destiny though experience shows that such a presumption is hardly tenable Considerable differences are brought about by the circumstance that drys and nights are of different lengths in different parts of the world A berst may come into the world at the same apparent local time as 1 man but if they are to have the same Rasis (1) and Amsas (33) for their Grahas (10d not for their lagoas) the rlaces of their birth must be under the saine meridie (as ce, Colombo Bareilly) Being however under different latitudes these places cannot have the samne 367 (Ahir mana) and hence cannot yield the same 941721 (Bbrach hru), and for the same reason the 2 (Bhasr) positions of the serera/ significators are bound to vary a the two nativities thourl the zodiacal positions of the Gnhas are the same f ·is PREFACE It has therefore bees rightly laid down in the following (Sloka) that that 31 5T (Ayurdaya) should be investigated which would accord with the strongest significator of the lot-the seven plagets and the Lagna पैण्ड्य भानौ निसर्गप्रभवमुडुपती रश्मिजं सोमपुते भौमे भिसाष्टवादितमसुरगुरौ कालचक्रोद्भवायु.। देवाचाय दशायुर्दिनकरतनये सामुदायं बलिष्टे लग्ने यद्यशकायुर्भयति बल्युते चाहुराचार्यमुख्याः ॥ जातकपारिजाते V,33. . It thus behoves the student to ascertain the relative strengths of these significators first and foremost. The necessity therefore for the study of a treatise like that of our author strods patent In translating and annotating the booh, I have mainly relied on the Benares Edition of the Text and (FT) Bulalakrisho: Daivagna's commentary I have also derived farge help from the commentary of fantaa (Diwakara Daivigna) on (713) Kesava Daivagna's #17yala (Jataha Paddhatı) and not scrupled to quote freely in places from that commentary. I cannot be sufficiently grateful to Dr. V. V. Ramana Sastri, MA, PID, FZS, FRAS, etc, for his many valuable suggestions. The book is not without faults and imperfections. Suzgestions for improvement will be thrphſully received Bangalore City, 24th April 1919 V. SUBRAIIYAVIA SISTRI, ·PREFACE TO THE PRESENT EDITION. The encouraging recephon of the last edition is responsible for this revised edition of the Sripatipaddhati. Sripatı appears to have lived in the first half of the eleventh century AD. He was a Brahmin descended from the Sage Kasyapa his grand-father was Nagadeva Sripati was a reputed mathematician, an astronomer whoce opinions were said to have been held in great respect even by Bhaskara, and author of about aine treatises including figart (Sripatıya), a commentary on Brihatjataka, and strofa (Sripatıpaddhatı, th- present work. PIATTHqma (Jatakakarmapaddbatı) came to be treated as a separate branch of study about the middle of the eighth century A.D, and nongst the writers on this subject of mathematical astrology, safdale (Sripatıbhatta) 53s one of the earliest, his predecessors being sty (Sridhara) and art (Neelakanta) Sripatı has had no successor for four centuries till 492 (Kesava} by his expositions established 1 onique place for himsell in this field Further, commentaries on Sripatipidshati itself are n large cumber In the present edition, for the sahe of convenience and facility of study and reference, the note on each sloh? is given after the translation of the verse itself, instead of being given separately at the end as in the previous edition the explanations have been fuller and more comprehensive. The slokas of 199&a (Kesava. paddhats), 1 remarkable and highly valued work on the subject, have been quoted in their eatirety 19 their appropriate places, it being considered that Kesan's views and exposition of HFTEN (Jataka. paddhati) would enhance the viue and usefulgess of this work, Additional explanations have been added to illustrate the text.

·vi PREFACE My esteemed friend, Mr. Robert De Luce of Los Angeles, America, himself a well knowa scholar and author of several works on Astrology, ba, kiadly furnished me with a short sum mary of these chapters which I have the greatest pleasure a insertiog as an Appendix, The reader will agree that the resumé is simple, clear and terse and helpful to begipaers. If the present edition sh uld enable the ordinary reader correctly to appraise the combined strength of the planets for any particular point of time, I should consider myself amply rewarded. 50, 3rd Cross Road, Basavangudi, Bangalore 6th September 1937 V. SUBRIHVIVIA SASTRI.

·CONTENTS .. 1 #. PAGE. 1. Bhavadhyaya (171247:) II. Drishtisadhapadhyaya (cfem747776277') 14 III. Baladhyaya (4714719:) 22 IV. Ishtakashtadhyaya (azer217:) 57 V. Ayurdayadhyaya (artia:) 74 VI. Arishtabhangadhyaya (2017) 106 VII. Dasantardasadı Vicharadhyaya (Tantainerar:) 114 VIII. Prakeernakadhyaya (72797812964") 149 Appendix I-Charakbandas (aut) 157 Appepdıx II-Explanatory Summary 161 श्लोकानुक्रमणिका (Stskanukramanika) 169 layalam#fu971 - Index to Sapskrit words 172 English Index 177 List of Abbreviations used in the book 184 ... ang ·DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS 1 ... .. ... 6-7 oud . . First Adhyaya. SLOKAS Author's declaration of his purpose Preliminaries. A general description of the work to be done 2 77 (Nata) and 590 (Unpata) defined 3 How to get them (Lagaa) and the FR (Asta) or the seventh 777 (Bhava)? How to get the 10th and the 4th Bhavas ? 5 How to get the other Bhavas? A (Bhavasandhi) 8 77944 (Bhavaphala) The effect of a planet's position in a 279 (Bhava) ...9-10 The application of the Bhavas to the purposes of life 11 Second Adhyaya How to measure the amount of planetary aspect ? Special rules with regard to the aspects of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn . 5-6 Third Adhyaya An endmeration of the Shadbalas ANTI-(Stthanabala) 5146 (Uchchabala) Fanat (Saptavargzabala) ...113 युग्मायुग्मवलम् (Yugmayugmabala) 4 कण्टकादिवलम् (Kantakadibala) 6 9774Hyun (Bhantyamadhyamukhabala) 6 fatet (Digbala) *. 6-8 Foar (Kalabala) TT (Natonnatabaia) ...9-10 6* (Pakshabala) J1-12 दिनरात्रित्रिमागवलम् (Dinaratri tribhagabala) वर्षमासदिनहोरादानि (Varsha masa dina horabala) 13 अयनबलम् (Ayanabala) 14 077T (Cheshtabala) ..15-16 ...17-18 . *** . ... ded U 09 e ·X DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS ... ... 1 .. .. SLOKAS नैसर्गिक्वलम् (Narsargikabala) 19 भावबरम् (Bhavabala) ... 20-23 Fourth Adhyaya. SIT (Jatakapbala) based on re (Ishta) and 70 (Kashta) How to get the 7 (Uchcha) rays? 2 The Cheshtakendras of the Sun and the Moon explaiped . 3 How to get the 1 (Cheshta) rays? + (Uchchaphala) and (Chesbtapbala) 5 FEET (Ishta Drigbala) and tea (Kashta Drugbala) 6-7 KOTSTE (Ishta Shadbala) and 2557 (Kashta Shadbala) इष्ट मप्तवर्ग नबलम् (Ishta captavargajabala) and यष्टमप्तवर्ग नवलम् (Kashta saptavargajabala) . 8-9 फुटेष्टमप्तवर्गजबलम् (Sputeshta saptavargajabala and स्फुरकष्टसप्त . 97767 (Sphutakashta saptavargajabala) 10-14 Fifth Adhyaya ETT (Horaphala) based on strain (Ayardaya) 1 चष्टागुणक (Cheshtagunaka), उच्चगुणक (Uchchagunaka), स्फुगुणक (Sinhtaminatal . ... ... 2-3 11 ·DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS Xi ++. tod 40 ... SLOKAS The different conditions under which the tbree different Ayurduyas above nimed obtara 29 Neelakanta's (oficirs) View ... 30-31 atalgala (Jeevasarmayordaya) ...32-34 A rule regarding the process of getting the arc (Lagna. yus) in the ftos (Pinda), Pat (Nisarga) and agai (Jeevasarma) Ayurdayas 35 The view of 4 (Sridhara) and cthers in certain special cases 36 To whom the Xyurdayas treated in this chapter apply and to whom not? ... 37-38 .. ge . 4. .. Sixth Adhyaya. fie ** (Rishta Rishtabbaoga) How to determine it? 1-5 ... PU .. 2 ... Seventh Adhyaya The Th (Subha) and 33* (Asubha) phalas (5.5) revealed in the Dasas The 12 forms under which the 7195 (Dasapaka) is treated. (The application of the Adhyayas 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17 and 20 of 172-Brihatjataka shown in this connection) The order of the Dasas 8 The rule of determining the same in an Tiyaf (Amsayurdaya) 9-11 The rule for determining the order of Dasas in a four (Pinda) as well as Fahrigaia (Nisargayurdaya) ...12-14 How the Dasa of a placet is matured by the influence of other planets 15 Sub-periods of a Dasa (3-Antardasa) 16 Vidasas and Upadasas 17 The rule for ascertainiog the commencement of the several Dasas, Antardasas, etc. ... 18-21 When will a Dasa prove auspicious ? 22 The good or evıl to be experienced in a Dasa dependent og the position of its lord during its course and also with reference to the Moon ..23-24 • ... P. .. P. ON ·DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS ... .. ... . SLOKAS Details of the same 25 The Moon's jofluence on mental states during a Dasz 26 Application of the Th Subba and T+Asubba (mentioned in the 4th Adhyaya) to the Dasa periods shown here 27-29 A Summary 30 . 2-3 4 5 6 .. . 7 DR Eighth Adhyaya Th1924** (Subhasubha phala) in various forms The interpretation of the Ashtakavarga results The effect of Rajayogas and of planetary rays AE (Arishta) and after (Arushtabhaaga) daring a Dasa When is fe (Arishta) to be feared most? When can this be averted ? Applicati of glaria (Strijataka, Brihatjataka 24th Adhyaya) shown Application of the AdiZF (Niryanadhyaya, Brihatjataka 23th Adhyaya) also shown Attention to the technical terms used helpful in enabling the student to understand the science accurately Conclusion Quantity of matter given, 10 view to prevent omission or interpolation co .. 9 10 11 SP .. - . ... 12 ·श्रीगणेशाय नमः। ॥ श्रीपतिपद्धतिः॥ SRIPATIPADDHATI प्रथमोऽध्यायः नत्वा तां गुरुदेवतां त्रिसमयज्ञानोद्गतः कारणं तत्पादाम्बुरुहप्रसादविकसदोधो युधः श्रीपतिः।। शिष्यप्रार्थनया विचार्य सकलान् होरागमार्थान्मुहु- वक्ष्ये जातककर्मपद्धतिमहं होराषिदां प्रीतये ॥१॥ Adhyaya 1. Sloka 1. Having bowed to that Divinity that is adored in the form of my preceptor and is the cause of the dawn of knowledge to me of the three periods (past, present and future), and having my intellect expanded in consequence by the graciousness of his lotus-feet, I. estarazu (Sripati Budha), am going to set forth, at the solicitation of my pupils, the methoi of working out horoscopes, being equipped for the task by my repeate-1 anil thorough study of the cad and aim of all the authori. tative works on astrology and hoping to win the app:o. bation of those that are masters of astrological science, पति:-- नया विशारदाच्युतविरमझामुम्पप्रहान कुवं जातम्पति सुटतरा होराविदा प्रीतये ।

·2 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh.i ज्ञेयोऽत्र प्रथमं हि जन्मसमयश्छायादियन्त्रः स्फुट- स्तत्कालप्रमया विलग्नसहिताः कार्यास्ततश्च ग्रहाः। सिद्धान्तोक्तपरिस्फुटोपकरणेस्ते चासकृत्कर्मणा भावाः खेटदृशो बलानि च ततस्तेपां विचार्याणि पद् ॥२॥ Sloka 2. The exact time of the birth of a person as revealed by the gnomonic shadow and other apparatus should first be ascertained. Then the planets should be set down as they are at the time of birth together with the rising sign They are to be rectified repeatedly by an operation to be perforined by means of expedients for finding their true place as prescribed in the Siddhantas. Then the bhavas, the aspects of the planets and their six kinds of strength should be investigated. केशवपद्धतिः- यन्त्रः स्पष्टतरोऽत्र जन्मसमयो वेद्योऽथ खेटाः स्फुटा यत्पक्षे हि घटन्त उद्गम इहास्तरं सपा स च ॥३॥ The instruments in use in the time of Bhaskaracharya (भास्कराचार्य) are thus mentioned in his siddhanta Siromant (मिद्धान्त. शिरोमाणि). गोलो नाडीवलय यष्टिः शङ्कर्घटीचक्रम् । चाप सुर्य फलक धीरेकं पारमार्थिक यन्त्रम् । The rules laid down in this book will be better grasped by the student by means of the illustrations given below with reference to the boroscope of a person born in Lat. 10° 38' N. The particulars of the date of birth are as follows. शालिवाहनशक (Salivahana Saha)-1775 मेपमास (AMeshr fass) 19-(1853 A.D. April 30/-शनिवासर (Sanivasara), श्रवण (Sravana) नक्षत्र (Nakshatra) 39 4 (Ghatikas)-28 वि (Vighatihas)-Maximum duration of श्रवण (Sravana)-60 Ghatikas, 8 Vishatikas-शुभयोग (Subha yoga)- 17 Gbatikas 41 Vighatikas. Time of birth, 30 Vighatikas before Suorise. Length of the day for the given latitude-30 Ghatikas 55 Vigbatıkas, [1 Ghatika=24 Mibutes. i Vigbatika=24 Secondsel ·SI. 3.] प्रथमोऽध्यायः 3 374767 (Ayanamsa)-21° 47' 38". The exact longitudes of the planets at the time of birth as revealed by the Panchangam are note} below: रविः (Ravr-Sun) 0-17°-43-30* चन्द्रः (Chandra--Moon) 9-14°-29-39 कुजा (Kuma--Mars) 11-27°.-53-9" सुधः (Budha-Mercury) 11-24°-13-44* गुर (Guru-Jupiter) 8-1-25--1" शुकः (Sukra-Venus) ) 0-14-2'-56* शनिः (Sani -Saturn) 0-27°-55-41* Tig: (Rahu-Moon's Node) 2-0°-4'-42" Rahu Mars Mercury Sun Venus Saturn Rası Chakra Moon Jupiter Ketu मध्याह्नांशुमतोर्य एव विवरः कालः स उक्तो नतः सोऽप्यनामिपरिच्युतो रविनिशामध्यान्तरे चोन्नतम् । मध्याह्वात्पतिते तु वासरगते स्यात्माकपाले नतं जातेऽति धुदलोनिते पुनरिदं प्रत्यकपाले भवेत् ॥ ३ ॥ Sloka 3. The interval between midday and the time of day which the position of the Sun indicates is called नत (Nata.meridian.distance). When this time is subtracted from 30 ghatikas, the remainder is called उन्नत (Unnata) which represents the interval between the Sun, i.e., the particular time of day chosen, and midnight. If the time of day being less than midday be subtracted ·4 श्रीपतिपदतिः : [Adh, I. from it, the interval denotes Aeta (Prang-nata) or meridian distance towards the East. If the particular time of day taken be greater than midday, the latter has to be subtracted from the former, the interval represents Arena Pratyang-nata) or meridian.distance towards the West. The idea of ta (Nata) should be clearly grasped. It is either (91F-Prak) eastero or (REF-Pratsak) western 7 (Nata). The former occurs between midnight and midday, the latter between midday and midnight. Again 537 (Prangpata) includes 2 cases-(1) the distance between the Sun and the Meridian during the frst half of day when the Sun is above the horizon; (2) the distance between the Aleridian and the Sus when he is belo v the horizon, 10., when he bas not yet riseo. The 767 (Pratyapguata) also comprehends these 2 cares. () the distance between the Meridian ant the Sun in the afterncon prior to his settiug; (2) the noterval between the Meridian ard the Sun when he has sunk below the horizon, 1 e., after nightfall. The bcrcccfe under reference is an example of 995ca (Praog. pata. The lepgih of the day was given to be 30 gb, 55 vigb. The interval between the Sun and the Meridian at the time of birth is therefore 159 273 fu plus t q = 156 571 ft. Thus प्राइनत (Prangbata) subtracted from 30 ghatikas (that is 149 21 a.) represents the 19h (Praguonata). केशवपद्धति - राने. शेपमितं युतं दिनदरेनान्होगत शेषक विश्लेप्यं खलु पूर्वपश्चिमनतं शिरच्युतं चोसतम् ॥ रात्रे शेपे गते वा भवति हि समये जन्म चेत्तद्धटीभिः संयुक्ते वासरार्धे खलु नतघटिका प्राप्रतीच्यो भवेयुः। संस्थाप्ये ते त्वनष्टे स्फुटसवितुरतः स्वोदौरिष्टकालात् लमं कुर्यात्सपई तदपि सुगणकैरस्तलमं निरुक्तम् ॥४॥ Sloka 4. If there be a birth towards the conclusion of a night or some time after its conimencement, the ·SI. 4.) WASTA: 5 residue of the night joined to the half.dıy that is to com, and the clapsed portion of the nizfit increase by the half.day that is past, represent respectively the Castern (914.Prah) and the Western (IT Pratyak) Natus (27. Nata) or the distances from the inaridan These results are to be preserved for futurc use Then the Lagna or the rising sign is to be marked out for the time of birth conformably to the actual position of the Sun and the rising periods of the signs at the place of birth And that increased by six signs is declared by correct reckoncrs to be the Net (Asti) or setting sign. A hnowledge of 29 (Nata) ard 97 (Conata) is essent 11 to ascertain the 91*** (Kalabria) or temporal strength of planets (ide Adhyasa 3, SI kas 9 ard 10 infra) and also to determine the 10th *T(bhava) The rising pericds of the 12 disisions of the zodias from the Equinoctial Point for Lat. 10° 38' N are as follor's # Mesha 49. 37: fa. 57. 01 वृषम Vrishabha 44 41} (T. Tart Vrisafika 5 r 1519 AGAT Mithuna 57. 14; ft 49 Dhanus घटक Kataka 511. 29 मरर Arkarn $ सिंह Simha 54. 161 ft. 9 Kumbha पन्या Kanya 59. 01 A. AT Meen2 TV Tula ·6 (Adh. I श्रीपतिपद्धति it is possible only when 7 (Mesha) is reckoned Htta (Sayaga) 14, when it is made to commence from the Equinoctial Point. The rules to be given for the determination of the Lagoa () or the rising sign will bear out this fact. Rules for correctly finding out the Lagna taken from Bhaska racharyas Brahmatulya (ब्रह्मतुल्य) Dow is तात्कालिकोऽर्कोऽयनभागयुक्तस्तद्भाग्यमागैरुदयो हत स्व । खाग्न्युद्धृतस्त रविभोग्यकाल विशोधयेदिष्टघटीपलेभ्य ॥ तदप्रतो राश्युझ्याश्च शेपमशुद्धहृत् खानिगुग लवाद्यम् । अशुद्धपूर्भवनैरजायैर्युक्त तनु स्यादयनाशहीनम् ॥ Find the true position of the Sun from 1 (Vesba) in s gas, degrees, minutes, etc Add thereto the precession of the Equinox or *TRI (Ayapamsa) The sum will reveal the distance of the Sun from the Equinoctial Point and consequently the particular division of the zodiac calculated from that point in which the Sun The portion of the siga traversed by the Sun is styled the (Bhukta) or passed portion the portion to be traverse) by the Sun is called the ATY (Bhogya) portion of the s ga Since the rising periods of the sigos reckoned from the Equinoctial Point for the place are known, find out the time which the Ar (Bhogya) portion of the sign occupied by the Sun tahes to rise above the borizon Subtract this time from the time at the end of which the birth has taken place. And from the remainder go on subtract 10g, as long as you can the rising periods of the next following s gos till you get a remainder which is less than the rising period of the sign to be subtracted and hence called 375 (Asuddha) sigo (ut that could not be subtracted) Fiod bat portion of that siga this remainder represents That is the T (Bhukta) portion of that siga in degrees, minutes etc. Add to this the preceding signs reckoned from the Equinoctial Point and subtract from the sum the aia (Ayanamsa). The remainder represents the Lagaz. To find the true position of the Sun, we have the following data- ·7 Si 4] प्रथमोऽध्याय x 30° Day Ghatikas Vighatikas The Sun's entry into AT (lesha) 50 Monday was on 11-4-1853, The Sun's eptry into T14 (Vr: shabba) was on 12-5-1853 Thursday 37 35 The time taken by the Sun there. fore to pass 30° of Wesha is 30 days 52 45 The interval beineen the Sun's entry into my (Mesha) and the birth in question is 15 10 of Monday plus 17 days 59 30 plus of Friday, or 19 days 40 18 days 14 gh 40 vigh The Sun's position (or longitude) is 30 days 52 gh. 45 vigh. of Mesha=17° +3' 30" in 7 (Mesha). We now proceed to find out the Lagna Adding the 874-17 (Ayapamsa) to the Sun s position, we get 1 9 31 8. The portion of (Vrishabha) to be traversed by the Sun, astrenta (Ravibhogyamsı) is 20° 28' 52". The time taken for 20° 28' 52" ct 999 (Vrishabha) to rise is 20° 28' 52" x 4 gb. 411 vigh.=3 gh. 124 vigh. neiriy, 30 degrees The interval between suprise on Friday and the time of birth at the close of friday night is 591 gh According to the rule given above, subtracting 3 gh 124 vigh, from 593 gh. we av. 56 gh 17! ugh The rising periods of 11 signs faya (Mithuna), TT (Kataka) etc, to ir (Mesha) inclusive come to 55 gh 18} vigh. Subtracting this from 56 gh 178 vigh. we have 594 vigh. left of DTH (Vsishabha) which represents the yi (bhukta) portion thereof. This turned to degrees gives 2011 X 30°=6° 19' 24" of year (Vri. shabha or 36° 19' 24 from the Equinoctial Point. Subtracting the **R17 (Ayanımca) from this, we have for the Lagoa 0 14 31.45 which means that 14° 31' 46" have passed in 4 (Mesha) at the tine of birth. The Fa (Asta Lagna) is 6 14-31 46.

·8 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः : [Adh. 1. लकोदयैः पूर्वनताहणाख्यं प्रत्यग्नतात्तच्च भवेद्धनाख्यम् । ! लग्नं तदूचुः खलु मध्यलग्नं पड्नाधिकं तच रसातलाख्यम् ॥५॥ Sloka 5. What people call HETESH (Vadhya Lagna) 1.l.s the culminating point of the Ecliptic is deduced from the Eastern 7a (Nata) conformably to the rising periods of the signs in the Equator by a process termed FM (Rina) or negative (i e., in the reverse order). The same 15 deduced from the Western #a (Nata) by means of an additive process (T.Dhana-positive). This when in. creased by six signs becomes the fourth or the Nadir Sign. केशवपद्धनिः- यत्पूर्वोचतपडभयुक्तरवितः पश्चान्नतादित्यतो यलकोदयकैश्च लग्नमिव तन्माध्यं सपइभं सुखम् ॥२॥ The rising periods of the sigos reckoned froin the Equinoctial Point at the Lquator are given below H177 (Sajana) HY Mesha 174 Vrishabha Thya Mithuna कटक Kataka &e Simha कन्यI KApya Gh. Vogh. Ara (Sayana) + 39 नुला Tula 4 592 वृश्चिक Vrischika 5 21! धनुन Dhapus 5 211 मगर Makara 4 5st * Kumbha + 39 Gh. Vigla 4 39 4 597 S 21% 5 21: 4 59% 39 मीन Meena The 7 (Prang.pata) is 15 gh. 57} vigh. The Jislaace af the Sun from the Equinoctial point is 39' 31' 8". The rising period of 9° 31' 3" of ITH (Vrishabla) at the Equator is 9° 31' 8* 1795 gh, I gh. 341% vighe Dearly, 30° 360 The rising periods of #7 (lesba), wla (Heena) and 54 (Kum, blia) at the Equitor are 4 gh. 39 vigh, I ght. 39 vigh. and 4 gh, 59) vigh. respectively or 15 gli. 52i's yigh, on the whole.

·SI. 6-7.) प्रथमोऽध्यायः 9 Therefore the portion of TTC (Makarn) corresponding to 15 gh. 574 vigh, multus 15 ch. 52i's righ. or 511 vigh. 15 511 3210 X 30°=0° 30' 10" 72 pearly. Therefore the distance bet cei the Sun and the Verıdıın is 9° 31' 8" of 19H (Vrishibh :) plus 30' of an (Meshu) plus 30 of Hist (Veena) plus 30' of 54 (Kunb7) plus o 30' 10" 72 of ut fic (Valra) or 100° 1'15'.7= IC 1 19. Now the Sun being at 0 17 +3 30, the distance of the Meri dian from the steller Aries is 017-43 30, maus 3 10-1.19 cr 9.7 42 11. This is the position of the 17 174 (Vidhyalanz) or the 10th (bhaval. The fth Hit (5'1112) is obtained by subtracting 6 signs from the 10th 17 'bhava). The operation may be cheched by finding the 4th at (bhiva) directly thus The 327 (Vanatha) is 17 3h, 2} vizh The rising period of 20' 20' 52" of 2 (Vrishabha) is 20° 28' 52' x 4 gh. 59: vigh.3 ch. 21:23 vigh. 30 degrees The rising period of firea (Mithuna) -5 gh. 21 83 vigh. Sub. tracting the sum of these two fron the 391 (Uncatha), we get Sgh 16*44 vigh, of Fati (Katak?). The degrees, muutes, etc. corre ponding to this time are 5 gh. 16 44 vigh X 30-29° 29' 49" 28. 5 gii. 21.83 vigh, Therefore the distance between the Sun ani the aidír Aleriding is 20° 28' 52" of 79 (Vrıslabhr) plus 30° of faya (Mithuca) plus 29 29° 49'28 of 75 (Katal?) or 79' 58' 41' 28. The Sun being at 0.17-43-30 the position of the 4th, (bhava) is 0-17 43.30 plus 2 19 58.1 or 3-7 42 11. लग्नं चतुर्थाद्धियुकं कलवायाभित्रम मध्यविलग्नतश्च । खभं विलनाच विशोध्य शेपं नत्वंशमेकं द्विगुणं निधध्यात् ।।६।। लग्नाम्बुजामित्रनभोगृहेषु तदन्तरालोद्भवभावमिद्ध। सिद्धयन्ति भावा द्विगुणाः पडेवं शुभाशुभ चिन्त्यमशेपमेभिः ||७|| 1. T, 2 ·10 sfriagela: [Adh. 1. Slokas 6 and 7. Subtract the figures of the Lagna from those of the fourth (Ha-bhava); the fourth from the seventh, the scventh from the tenth, and the tenth from the Lagna. Tahc a third and two thirds of the first remainder and add them separately to the first (17) bhava to obtain the two succeerling ones. Take a third and two thirds of the sccond reinainder and add them separately to the fourth blasa to get the fifth and the sixth. Deal similarly with the other two remainders and get the bhavas intermediate between the seventh and the tenth. केशवपद्धतिः-- ध्यंशो व्यस्तखभस्य भूयमहतो योज्यस्तनी द्विच्युतो बन्धौ तेपि च साङ्गभास्तनुमुखाः॥ The fourth bhara is 3- 74211" The Lagra 15 0-14-31-46 Subtracting, we get 2-23-10-25 A third of this is 0-27 -43-28 By addirg this result to the Lagna or the first bhava 0-14-31 - 46 we get the 2nd bhava to be 1--12--15-14 By adding to the Lagra 0_14-31-46 twice the above (0-274_4320) that is plus 1-25-26 57 We get the third bhava to be 2- 9 -58 -43 वदन्ति भविश्यदलं हि सन्धि तत्र स्थितः सादफलो ग्रहेन्द्रः । ऊनस्तु सन्धर्गतभावजातमागामिज चाभ्यधिकः करोति ॥८॥ Sloha 8. A half of the sum of two contiguous bha. yas is called their Sandhi (afa). A planct that is in a ·SI 8] प्रथमोऽध्याय 11 Bhava sandhi (मावसन्धि) produce, no effect But the pla net that is short of a Sandhi (ie, on this side of it) produces the effect of the preceding bhava If it should be in excess of a Sandhi, it produce, the effect of the bhava to come Cf आरम्मसन्धेधरा यदोन पल ददात्यादेिमभावजातम् । विरामस-धेरधिकम्त दानीमागामिभावोत्थफलप्रद स्यात् ।। The 1st bhiva is 0-11-31-46 The 2nd bhava is 1-12--15-14 Adding we have 1-26-47-0 Dividing this by 2 we get 0-28°--23-30" as the Sandhi between the 1st and the 2nd bhavas The Sandhs of the other bhavas shpull be similarly sorl ed out The Sandhi preced ara भाव (bhava) scallet आरम्भमध (Aram bha sandhi) and that succeeding st, पिराममधि (Virama sandhi) दावपति सन्धिायोगोद्धित ॥ For slokas 6, 7 and 8 compare also the follow ng from पराशर (Parasara) एग्न सुखात् सुप कामात् काम खात् खचरग्नत । यशमकद्विगुणित युज्याल्लग्नादिपु क्रमात् ॥ पूर्वापरयुतेरद्धं सन्धि स्थानावयाद्वयो। एव द्वादश भावा स्युभवन्ति हि भसन्धय ॥ Also- लग्न पाताललग्नान्मदनभवनतो वेश्मम चव हित्वा काम खान्मध्यलग्नात्तदपि च ततो रामभक्त च शिष्टम् । चन्द्रविनश्व युज्यात्तनुभवनमुखाम्ने तु भावा क्रमास्यु प्रापश्चादाययुक्तैर्दलमध च तयो सन्धय स्यु झमेण ॥

·12 श्रीपतिपति. [Adh. I. The follo sing table gives the Bh73 and their Sindhi, work ed out in ancordance with the rules The 12 Bhara, Pith their Sandhıs । 1 3 4 5 6 १ 8 9 10 17 Sans ३ 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 De recs 14 12 9 7 917 14] 12 9 7 9 12 Inutes 31 15153 42 53115131 | 15158 48 15 Seconds 45 43 11 43] 14 46 14143 11 43 14 म स म स 1 म म भ म 1323/34/4556167/73159/910/2011/11121131 S gos 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 . 1 2 3 25 26123123 Degrees 26| 23123 123 23 26 23 Woutes 23 6150/50 6 23123 6 50 ० 6 23 Seconds 30 58 27 27 55 30 30158 27 27 58 30 भावांशतुल्यः खलु वर्तमानभावोद्भवं पूर्णफलं विधत्ते । भागोनके चाभ्यधिक च खेटे त्रैराशिकेनान फलं प्रकल्प्यम् ॥९॥ Sloka 9 A planet produces the full effect of the bhavi in which it is, when its distance from the Bhavn. sandh is cqual to that of the Bhavamsa (1977=semi bhavi) When the planet has 7 less or greater distance from a Bhava sandhi than a Bhayımsı, its cffcct must be ascertaine i by n rule of tire process नवपद्धति- शून्य सन्धिषु भावगेऽविरपर स्वाझावसन्ध्यन्तरे णाप्त सन्धिसमान्तर क्षयचयं भावाधिक रूपे खगे ·SI. 10.] प्रथमोऽध्यायः 13 भावप्रवृत्तौ हि फलप्रवृत्तिः पूर्ण फलं भावसमांशकेषु । हासक्रमाद्भावविरामकाले फलस्य नाशः कथितो मुनीन्द्रः ॥१०॥ Slola10. Sages have declared that when a bhava begins its effect also begins. The effect becomes full in the equil portion of all bhavas (just where a bhava is divided into 2 halves). When a bhava approaches its end more and more, the effect gets less and less till at last it ceascs when the end of the bhaya is reached. The effect of a planet upon a 1 (Bhuva) is measured by a fraction whose numcrator is the interval betrveen the planet and its dearest (Stadlı) and the denomia for the interval between thetन्धि (Sandhi) above-m •ntioned ani the भानाश (Bhavamsa) The effect is said to be increusing or decreasing according as the planet Is nearer to the आरम्मनधि (Arambha Sandhi) or विराममान्ध (Virarma Sundh.) The Sun is in 0.17.43 39. Its nearest A (Sandhı) is 0 28 23. 30. The Interval between the Sun and this विराममन्धि (Viram Sandhi) is 10° 40'. The interval between this I (Sundhı) and the wat (Bhavamsa) is 13° 51'44". The effect of the planet on the 1st 2017 (Bhas a) 15 10' 40% 13°51' 440 or 7694 and it is decreasing cr 24 (Kshaya), because it is nearer the facute fier (Virama Sandhs), ), यवनेश्वर भावांशः समतां ग्रहः खलु गतः पूर्ण विधत्ते फळ सन्धिस्यों न फलप्रदोऽन्तरगतैौराशिकनैव च । भावा न्यूनमथ ग्रहस्य गणयेदंशाधिकं चाधि- हवा चाप्पथ सन्धितोऽधिकमथ प्रोक्त फलं भावजम् ।। The table overleaf slovs vluch of the planets produce the आरोह (Aroha) and which the गेट (Avaroha) फर (Phala).

·14
धीपतिपद्धतिः
[Adh II
flanet
The bhava
in which
it is posited
Nature of the
Fffect-Aroha
or Airoha
Measure or
extent of the
effect
Sun
Turst
Avarchi
7094
Moon
Tenth
Avaroha
5791
Mars
Twelfth
Ai aroha
'0313
Mercury
nelfin
Avarola
*2579
Jupiter
Moth
Arohr
3823
Venus
Tirst
Aroha
*9653
Satora
irst
liroha
*0334
जन्मप्रयाणवतन्धचालनृपाभिपेकादिकरग्रहेषु ।
एवं हि माशः परिकल्पनीपानरेय योगोत्थफलानि यसान् ॥११॥
इति श्रीपतिविरचितायो जातकपरती
भावारयाया समाप्त
Stola 71. Thus should bhuvas bc decided at the
time of a birth, a journey. the issumption of a now, thic
ceremony of tonsure, a roya] coronation or other the
ccrcinony and marriage. l'or it is buy calculating blavas
that the effects due to certain combinations are found out.
End of tho Tirst Adhyaya.
द्वितीयोऽध्यायः
उत्तानि यम्मादहुधा फलानि व्योमौकमा टिममुयानि ।
तमात्प्ररम्यानपनं हि रटेहोराविदां सालनिर्णयाय ॥१॥

·51 2-3] द्वितीयोऽध्याय 15 Adhyaya 2. Sloka 1 As the effects due to planetary aspects have been described in various ways, I now set forth the method of bringing out the amount of the planetary aspect to enable astrologers to determine the effects thereof correctly दृश्यो द्रष्टा पिरहिततनुः पगृहेभ्योऽधिकश्वेत दिग्भ्यः शोध्यो विहितकलिफः खाभ्रपक्षाद्रिभक्तः । दृष्टिः सा स्याद्यदि शरगृहेभ्योऽधिकः पञ्चहीनो लिसीभूतो धृतिशतहतः स्थाचतुर्भाधिकश्येत् ॥२॥ त्यक्त्वेपुम्यः खखरसगुणैर्वहिमेभ्योऽधिकश्चेत् शोध्योऽधिम्यो पिरचितकला पष्टिकृत्या समेतः । भक्तो यश्वैः शतविनिहत राशियुग्माधिकोऽपि द्वाभ्यामूनो नवशतयुतो व्योमखाङ्गाग्निभक्तः ॥३॥ Slokas 2 and 3. If the aspected when diminished by the aspecting planet exceed six signs, it is to be sub. tracted from 10 signs. The remainder reduced to minutes is to be divided by 7,200. The result is in Rupa and represents the amount of the aspect But if the difference should exceed 5 signs, subtract these S signs from it and reducing the result to kalas 2€, minutes, divide it by 1,800 You will get the aspect (दृष्टि-~Drishti) Rupas When the difference exceeds 4 signs, subtract it fiom 5 signs and divide the result by 3630 to get the amount of the aspect. Should the difference exceed 3 signs, it is to be subtracted from 4 sign and to the remainder reduced to minutes, add 360) and divide the sum by 7200 The result gives the amount of the aspect Next, if the difference exceed 2 sigas, subtract these tivo signs from it In ·16 धीपतिपद्धतिः ; [Adh. it. and to the remainder reduced to minutes, add 900 and divide the sun by 3500. The result represents the aspect. एकोनितश्चैकगृहाधिकश्चेत्कलीकृतो यश्चशतैर्निभक्तः। एवं स्फुटाः खेचरदृष्टयः स्युर्दिग्भ्योऽधिकं पश्यति नो ग्रहेन्द्रः ॥४॥ Sloka s Lastly, should the difference erceed one sign, take away this one sgn from it, and reducing the remainder to m nutcs, civide it by 721). The asp.ct will be obtained in Rapi. In this way the exact am punt of the planetary aspects can be ascertained No planet sees beyond ten signs. Take the Sun as the aspectos plagot. The aspectes may be planets or bhavas. First, we shall take th- Moon as aspected. The Moon's position is 9 14 29 39 The Sun's position is 017 43 30 Subtractiog the Sun from the loon we get 8 26 45 As this exceed, 6 sigas we have to subtraatth. sa ne from 12 sigas The remainder is 1 3-13 51 This wpen reduced to moutns is 1993 95. Dividing it by 7203 we get the Sun's 25 act on the loon to be *277 of a Rupa. As the strength always goes to the aspected planet, the azme is put dora sa this case as the Moon's Drugbala. त्रियेकपादाः क्रमशो निधेयाः शनैश्वराचार्यमहीसुतानाम् त्रिकर्मणो(शुभयोश्च रन्ध्रवन्ध्योः स्थितानामिह पूर्वक्षु ॥५॥ Sloka 5. Three quarters, hulf and one-fourth of a Rupa are to be superadded to the aforemention] as pects of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars respectacly when these aspects fall upon what occupy 3rd and 13th, 5th and 9th, 8th and 4th places with respect to them 9 Take Jupiter as the Aspecting planet and the Sun as the ·S1.6] द्वितीयोऽध्यायः 17 S aspe,ted one, . Subtracting Jupiter from the Sun we have4 16.18. 29. As this exceeds 4 signs, subtract it from 5 sigas; the remaio. der is 0-13.41-31. Therefore the aspect is 821516 *228. 3600 खखक्षेपाः पृथक् स्थाप्याः प्रोक्तादूनाधिक वैः । गुणिताः खगुणभक्ता लब्धोनास्ते परिस्फुटाः ॥६॥ इति श्रीपतिविरचितायां जातकपद्धती दृष्टिसाधनाध्यायो द्वितीयः Sloka 6. The additive figures for each of these threc plancts are to be kept apart; they are to be multi. plied by the degrees, etc, by which the difference [between the दृश्य (Drisya) and द्रष्टा (Drashta)] falls short of, or is in excess of the prescribed quantity The product is nicat to be divided by 30 and the quotient is to be deducted from the Kshepis (7) or additive figures The result expresses the eract amount of the (क्षेप) (Kshepn) to be added to the Drigbala (ग्यल). The exact amount of the (Kshepa) to be added to the above 59 (Duigbula) is 16° 18' 29 ="228. 30 Therefore the strength of Jupiter's aspect on the Sun is *228+ "2282456of a Rupn. Sripati's rules for finding the $177 (Drigbala) of placets are given by int(Kesa17 Durazoa) compressed in one slaka in a different form, शामिद्विसदरामयमभूगाभाममेकादिभे द्रष्टा वनिताश्यकस्स गुरगा घेदष्ट घेदे कृताः । मन्देनाडूयमेमजानगगुणेशाम दिजाः संहता भागाक्षयवृदियानललवेना युद्धता दृग् भवेत् ॥४॥ Il 111y be rendered thus : मा.प.3 ना ·18 श्रीपतिपद्धति [ Adh II The excess of the aspected over the aspecting pliet in siges may be any figure from 1 to 12 E\cess (in sigos) 23 +5078 9 10 11 12 Strergth 0 1 320 3211 0 0 0 0,1, 32,0 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, 0, 0 are the quarters (1) representing the strength respectively in the 12 cres. If the 1ssecting plivet bu Jupiter and the excess be 8 and 4 signs, is to be substituted for 2 If Saturn be the aspecting planet and the excess be 2 and 9 s gas, put down 4 in place of 1 If dars be the aspecting planet and the excess be 3 and 7 sigos, replace 3 by +. In case an excess contains degrees, minutes, etc., in addition, its strength should thus be modified find out by how much the strength denoted by the next excess increzces o- decreases Multi ply the Dumber of quarters representing thus into the degrees. minutes, etc, and diside the product by 3) The recult is to be added to, or subtracted from, the number of quarters assigne i to the excess in question, accord rg as the strength for the neit is higher or lower L-t us calculate accord ng to this method the Dr gbain of the Sun got by the aspect of fusiler. The p> licn of the Sun is 0 17 +3 30 The position of Jajiter is $ 1 45 1 subtracting, we get 4 16 18 19 Thus the excess is between 4 and 5 signs. In thic crcncn Jupiter is the aspect105 planet, the table to be used for the quarters representing the strength o the 12 ca es is 0, 1, 3, 4, 0, 4, 3, 4, 1, 0,00 Thus slen the excess is 4 sugas, the streogth us 4, and it be comes wien the excess is 5 sigas ·S1.6] द्वितीयोऽध्यायः 19 The actual strength of the aspect of Jupiter in the above case 16° 181 290 x4 quarters or 30° 15 {- 13° 41' 310 3- *456 of arupar 30 Cf. वृहजातक. II--13 विदशत्रिकोणचतुरसमसमाप्रवलोकयन्ति चरणारद्धितः । रविजामरेज्यरुधिरा: परे चये क्रमशो भवन्ति किल वीक्षणेऽधिकाः ॥ The following rules are laid dowa by 90156 (Prrasara) for finding out the हरपल (Drigbala) of panets. -- दृश्याद्विशोध्य द्रष्टार पहाशिभ्योऽधिक मवेत् । दिग्भ्यो विशोध्य द्वाभ्यां तु भागीकृत्य च दृष्टय. ।। दाराधिके विना राशि भागा विनाश्व दृष्टयः। वेदाधिके त्यजेद्भूतादागा दृष्ठिस्त्रिभाधिके । विशोध्य युगतो द्वाभ्यां लब्धं खनियुतं भवेत् । कराधिके विना राशि भागाम्तिथियुताम्तथा । ख्याधिक विना राशि भागा द्वामा विभाजनाः । विदशे च त्रिकोणे च चतुरस्र क्रमादय । शरवेदा. खरामाश्च तिथयो योजिता. ममात् । शनिदेवेज्यमीमानामेवं दृष्टिः स्फुटा भरेत् ॥ Subtract the figures representing the number of signs, degrees. minutes, ctc, traserse: by the seeing planet from those of the seen. If the difference should exceed 6 signs, subtract the saine again from 10 signs, Duvide the result by 2. The result represents the Drigbala of the aspected pianet. But if the difference exceed 5 sigas only, then leave out the number representing the signs. The degree, etc, multiplied by 2 gives the amount of Drigbalı of the planet. But if the difference should exceed 4 sigas only, subtract it from 5 sigas, The degrees that ran.nexpress the amount c Dngbrla.

·2) sirgausia: [ Adh, II But of the differecce exceeds 3 sigos, subtract it from sigos. Davide this recult by 2. To shat you thưs obtain add 30 Virupas, The total expresses the amcuat of Drugbala. (1 Ropa = 60 Virupas.) If the difference exceeds 2 sigos, leave the figure representing the signs. To the number of degrees, etc. remainicg, ad: 15 Viru. pas. This will represent the Drigbala If the difference should exceed ore sigo, lease cut the sige. The number of degrees, etc., disided by 2 represents the amount of Drigbala. The Drigbala that is thus found has to be supplemented by the addition of 45, 'O and 15 Virupas, respectisely, in the case of Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars when these aspect 3rd and 10th in the case of Saturt, 5th and 9th in the case of Jupiter, and 4th and Sth in the case of Mars, NB-Planets do not see the 2nd and 12th houses, (AEE) GRAHADROGBALA Ravi Kuj? Budha Sukri Sani . Chandra रवि Ravi 277 ... 4.. '6'6 .. ... 7 Chandra 723 473 412 *742 *633 2 a: kuja U 470 . .. SY: Budha 'ost DO 410 26. *030 गुरु: Guru *+56 '109 970 "9+0 *578 116 शुक्र'Sukra 100 216 *605 ... शनि: Sant . *776 .. "720 + . सुभाष्टि Subha Drishti 1179 4361'443 1 352 1045 1'320 STUFE Papa Drisht (1'164 1'825 *78+ 11.

·(भावग्वल) BHAVA DRIGBALA SI.G] (Bhava) 2 3 4 5 5 12 11 6 7 9 | 10 - | 185 "583 "564 '091 *893 *795 "561 *333 'c64 *749 '075 *518 *773 "787 '518 "249 *230 '09 ... . "119 *552 *836 *298 *4791000 *760 368 399 ... सी (Ravi) चन्द्र (Chandra) बुज (Kuya) बुध (Budha) गुर (Guru) शुक्र (Sukra) . - 512 150 '637 *237 '600 *830 *599 *368 *137 ... द्वितीयोऽध्यायः . "562 "361 *928 802 *785 *159 '052 392 "810 | "21 (4+ '333 029 1996 "764 *533 302 033 शनि (Sant) । 1 401 "015 *619 '261 "553 '880 "649 "662 *598 '4251070 शुभटि (Subha Drishti)/1311 /1029/17312 8262342 1.05 20751382 *901 *491 पापाटि (Papa Drishti) 1191138|2'337151] 831 2446124351612 |1*163 662 End of the Second Adhyaya. 21 ·22 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. III तृतीयोऽध्यायः बलाग्योधेन पिना दशादिक्रमारमोधो न भवेद्यतोऽतः । तत्स्थानदिकालनिसर्गचेष्टाहग्भेदभिन्नं कथयाम्पशेपम् ॥१॥ Adhyaya 3 Sloha 1 As there can be no hnowledge of the order of the periods and the sab periods, etc of ore's life without a knowledge of the strength of planets, I proceed to set forth this strength in its entirety, differ. entiated as it is by the circumstances-position, direction, time, nature, motion and aspect-f the planets नीचोनो युचरोधिको यदि भवेत् षड्भानदा अच्युत- श्वका क्लप्तकलः खखाष्टखकुभिर्भक्तो वलं तुङ्गजम् । पादोनं तु पलं त्रिकोणगृहगं स्वः दलं च त्रयो वस्त्रंशा ह्यधिमित्रभेऽथ चरणो मित्रे समर्भेऽष्टमः ॥२॥ Sloka2 When a punct diminished by its depres. sion figures is an excess of 6 signs, it is to be subtracted from 12 signs and the difference reduced to minutes is to be divided by 10,800. The resultant Rupa is the exal. tation strength (उञ्चबल.Uchchabala) of the planet. If the plaret should be in its Moolatrikona, it has Iths of a Rupa; if in its own house its strength is 1 a Rupa. If it is in a very friendly house, its strength is measured by 3ths of a Rupa In a friendly house its strength is th fa Rupa In a neutral house it is }th of a Rupa. The Sun's position ! 017 4330 Its depression is The d fference is Since this exceeds 6 signs, it is to be subtracted from 12 6 6 10 0 0 7 43 30 ·SI.31 तृतीयोऽध्यायः 23 IS signs. The remainder 5-22-16-30. Therefore the उच्चबल (Uchchabala) of the Sun in Rupa is 103365 ="957 10800 C[.पराशर नीचीन तु ग्रह भार्धाधिक चक्राद्विशोधयेत् । भागीकृत्य निभिर्भक्त फलमुच्चयलं भवेत् ॥ Subtract the figures representing the depressed position of a planet from those representing its actual position (eg, Depressed position of the Sun is 10 degrees in Tula or 6 51373 19°) If the difference exceeds 6 sixas, subtract it fron 12 sig is. Reduce this result to dezrees and divide by 3. What is obtained represents the उचाल (Uchchabala) in virupts of the planet. Table showing the 3015 (Uchchibali of the planets. I'Innets Lrltation Neecha Planets Exaltation Neecha strength strength Ravi *957 6 10 Guru •186 9 5 Chandra •397 3 Sukrn .305 527 huja •617 3 28 Suni 011 0 20 Tudhi 051 11 15 7 शत्रुभे भवति पोदशांशकश्चाधिशनुभवने रदांशकः । एवमेव खलु सप्तवर्गजं स्थानलं निजपतेर्वशादिह ॥३॥ Sloka 3. in an inimical liou:c it is i'ath and in a scry inimical sign it is alth. The positional strength of .! planct due to its being in the Saptavargas (ससवर्ग) should be deterinmed in accordance with its relation to the lord of cach of those vargas सपन:- नीघोनो भगगात् च्युतः पाधिश्वेपदीय बलं म्याऽई समभेऽयमग्निचरमा मूत्रिकोगे बरम् । मित्रशरिधीष्ट अप इमांशा वैरिभेष्टांशी दन्तांशोऽपरिभे गृहादिपवशात् मेट सक्यनम् ॥ ५॥ Saptavargas are sever fold classificature of a sign into (1) राति (Rasi), (2) m (Hora), (3)7 (Drekkana), (4) मताश (Sap.

·24 श्रीपतिपति Adh. III tamsa), (5) 71 (Navamsa), (6) 7711 (Dsadasam-a) aod (7) GET (Trincamsa). See zodiacal Chart attached. Note that the extent of strength stated here as derivable from (Uchcha) and (Saptavargas) of a planet is the same as the measure of the good upfluence meotioned in Adhyaya IV Sloh1 8 infra Tor finding out the ATI (Saptavargyjabalal of any plahet ne must know the evact nalure of the relatiopship existing between this and the rest of the planets, *1. - whether he is a F (Mitrı), ATUIT (Adhuitra), 79 (Satru), fan (Adhi Satru) or a ** (Sama) This has to be determined sith reference to (1) the HA17 (Vıczrgarraitri chal ram)- the chakra showing the natural friendship or enmity between planets (zida at, t. Adhya. ya II, Slokas +_45) ard (?) the artist (Tatkalikamaitri chahram)-the chahra showing the frieodship for the time being of planets (side 71 97 Adhyaya II, SI 13 41.) This latier kind of friendship between the several planets can be determined by finding out their relative positions, S.C., by ascertaining, according to cone which of the 12 bbzvaz they occuny in the 7177# (Bhara chakra) already prepared (cold page 12 supra) aad which for convenience we shall call TATTF (Lagna bbava Kundali). Others say that the relative position of one pln net with respect to another must be determined by first casting the 12v2 (Bhuva Kunduli) of the latter planet (ic, by corsidering the Inter plugot 18 th- Laga1sile the errmple worke below) and then finding which particular 37+ (bhx) 10 this 1177# (bhavi chakra) the former plupet is occupying C/. JgF515 वारिकाः स्यु. सुहृदो नभोगा सविषमायारसुधनव्ययस्थाः । एकांसप्लाटमधर्मपुग्रोपगारिगाले रिपको निरता ॥ मैत्रीचक्र भायत कैचिसं नंतीपत्यादिवानो मतं हि । 1 za aniqet curamů dininingi falarga The 75777521 (Lagna bhava Kundalı) already worked out sull epable ore to find out in which of th: vexeral bhaias with respect to the Lazri the Sun and other planets are situated ; similarly, o order to determine how the planets are situated with ·Si. 3] gaizissza.' 25 respect, say, to the Sun, we must prepare a fresh (Bhava chakram) for the Swo. This should be done by taking the Sun's position as the ascendant and determining the other bhavas on the 11pes laid down to the first Adhyaya We shall therefore first find out the 4th 87 (bhava) by taking the midnight as the Teh (Ishta kala) and fix up the rest in order. The Sun's position is 0-17° 43' 30 Half the length of the midnight of birth is 14 gh 32 5 vigh. and the 3T (Ayanımsa) 1s 21° 47' 38. Adding this amal (Ayanamsa) to the position of the Sun, we get 1 9*.31' 8" which is the tropical longitue of the Sun The portion of qq7 (Vrishabha) yet to rise is 20°-28' 52". The time taken for this to rise in Lanka is 20° 25' 52 30 degrees * 4 gh. 594 vigb or 204 24 vigh. 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Siyas 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 17 15 13 10 13 15 17 15 13 10 13 15 Degrees Minutes 43 23 3 42 3 23 43 23 3 42 3 Secoads 30 16 2 42 2 16 30 16 2 47 2 16 स म स स स म म 1223 3+ 145.56677889;9 10 10 11 11 12 12 1 Szas 1 1 . 3 + 6 7 7 s 9 10 0 Degrees 1 26 26 29 1 1 29 26 26 29 1 diantes 33 135232 13 33 33 13 52 52 13 33 Seconds 23 955 55 23 9 55 55 9 And the time for inga (Mithuna) and 77 (Kataka) to rise in Lao ka is to 727 gb. Total of these periols is 14 gb. 7.86 vigh. The porhon of (Simha) that will rise in Laolz in the retarnice Ogh 25 ghe 15 47. 4. + ·26 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [ Adh. III 25x6 x30-21-07. 1795 Now subtracting the अयनाश (Ayanamsa) froin the above, the post. tion of the 4th *17 (bhava) is found to be 3-10° 42' 47". The 12 Bhavas and their Sandhis with reference to the Sun's position as the ascendant are set out in the previous page. The corresponding tables for the Moon, and other placets may be similarly worked out. From the sl kas quoted from the 17617 (Sambhuboraprakasa) in rage 24 supra. It will be seen that आपनि (Sripati) does not favour the latter view and which lias also not been followed in our calculations, The words thac in the text admits of tno interpreta tions. That given in the translation and folloned in the example has the support of commentators like thX (Sundaramısra) and दिवाकरदैवज्ञ (Diwakara Daivagna). Ip his commentary on the sloka quotes fronm केवपद्धति (Kesava Paddhati) in page 23, supra, दिवाकर (Diwakara) observes as follows. गृहादिपवशादित्यादिना खेटस्य गृहादिपयशाद्गृहमादिपा ते गृहादय: आदिशब्देन होराद्रेष्काणादीनां संग्रहः । गृहरदीन् पान्ति ते गृहाविपाः गृहादिसतवर्गस्वामिनम्तेपा वशात् स्वःऽर्द्धमित्यादीनि सनगवलानि प्रामाणि । सेषां सप्तानामैक्याज्जायते तत्तथा । एवं विधं वलं सप्तवर्गजबलं स्थादित्यर्थ: एतदुक्तं भवति । यस्य ग्रहस्य सप्तवर्गजब ज्ञातुमिष्ट तस्य गृहादिस्वामी स्वाधि- मियादिषु यद्भवति तदुक्त वलं ग्राहमिति । अत्र कश्चिदेवं याचष्टे । ग्रहो यस्मिन. गृहे होरादौ वास्ति तद्गृहस्वामी होरादिम्बामी वा चेन्मूरनिमोणेऽस्ति तदा निचरणं पलं म्वगृहे नेपाई मित्यादि । तनश्रद्धेयम् । निखिलजातकशास्त्रविरोध त् चात्र गृहादिपवशादित्युक्तभ्रान्तिरपि संभवात ! पर प्राचीन ग्रन्धे केनापि तथा नोक्त- मिति प्रान्त्यनवा इति मिधा ऊचु । तथा च सारावलीवाक्यम् । बोधे स्थित शुभफलं प्रकरोति पूर्ण नीचार्कगस्नु विफलं रिपुमन्दिर रपम् । पादं फरस्य हितभे स्वगृहे तथाई पादत्रय गगनगः स्थितवानिमोणे ॥ इति भय स्वाचादिस्थाने स्थितवान् गगनगो ग्रहः संपूर्णादि शुभं फईददाती- स्युफ परं स्वोधादिपु स्थितो गृहस्वामी संपूर्णादि पलं दातीति नोक्मेव तस्माद् .

·Sl. 31 गृतीयोऽध्यायः 27 गृहादिस्वामिनि स्वमस्ये रूपाद्धं बलोमत्यादि गरुपानमसदेवति प्रतीम, । पराशर जातकेपि। मूलग्रिकोणस्वक्षाधिमित्रमित्रसमारिषु । अधिशग्रुगृहे चापि स्थितानां क्रमशो बलम् ॥ भूताब्धय सरामाश्च नखास्तिथिर्दिशो युगा, । द्वाविति- अग्रापि मूलत्रिोणादिस्थितानां वगैशानां वलं स्यादिति नाभिहित मेव ॥ We shall now proceed to find out the AFTTTT (Sıptavargaji. balı) of the Sun in the example He is occupying the Rası of ÀY (Mesha) a sign owned by Mars whos his अधिमित्र (Adhimitra), The strength on this account is +375 of a Rupa. He is in a hora owned by the Moon, , who is also his अधिमित (Adhim tra) He gets therefore another •375 of a Rupa on this account He is in the ET (Drekkana) of Simha, his 77 (Swakshe tra), and is thus entitted to.5cf a Rupa. For the same reason he gets 5 of a Rupa for his being in the सिंहसप्ताश (Simha Saptamsa). Mercury, the lord of Kanya whose 2977 (Navamsa) is occupied by the Sun is a मित्र (Mitra) of the Sun The Sun gets therefore anly •25 of a Rupa. He is occupying the वृश्चिद्वादशाश (Vrischika awadasarmsa), setan अश (Amsa) owned by Mirs, his अधिमित्र (Adhi mitra). He gets •375. Lastly, he is in Jupiter's निशाश (Trum. samsa). Jupiter is his सम (Sama). The Sun's बल (Bala) on this account is '125. Thus, he gets to all •375 plus •375 plus 'plus "5.plus •25plus.375ples •125--2.5 Ruprs. It should here be noted that ths of a Rupa is to b; allotted for a planet only when it is in its (ITEMUI (Moolatrikoda Rası) and not when it occupies 7 eta (Hora) or any other of the 6 Vargas (other than राशि Rasi) owned by the planet's मूलनिकोण (Moolatrikona) Sign la the latter case the strength that should be taken account of would be only so much (which in any case does not exceed -375) as is lud down for the particular kind of relationship the planet in question bears with the lord of this मनभियोग (Niralatrikon:) SIR. गोधर स्वगृहादिगतानां यद् ग्रहाणामुदितं बलम् । तदेव सप्तवर्गेऽपि तदीशस्य वशाद्भवेत् ॥

·28 श्रीपतिपद्धति [ Adh III and the following commentary of fata (Dıvakara) on the same अत्र स्वगृहादात्युक्तत्वाद्धारादिषु न त्रिरोगावय शी लिम् । Thus, in the example, the Sun though occupying the M (Drekkana) and Hai (Saptamsa) represented by the sign inte (Simba--the Sun's Voolatrikcna Rası) gets only 5 of a Rupa in each case,-on account of the ciga being his Swahshetra,-instead of 75 of a Rupa. The sa ne renarh applies to Jupiter, who happens to be in a Rası, a Drekkana Saptamsı anda Dwadas amsa all belonging to 478 (Dhanus). He gets 75 of a Rupa only in the first Varga and not in the other cases But the slokas quoted above from at have been thus commented upon अव यस्य यस्यापि रव्याचन्यतमस्य सप्तवर्गन बल ग्राह्यमस्ति तद्गह सन्धिवर्तमानगृहहोराद्रेष्काणसतमाशद्वादशाशनिंगाशाधिपतीना मूलत्रिकोणस्वधिभित्रमित्र समार्यधिशत्रुगृहस्थिताना क्रमश भूतान्धि ४५ सराम ३० नस २० तिथि ११ दिक् १० युग ४ दि २ परिमित वल ग्राह्य अथ तव रव्याच यतमस्य गृहायन्यतममप्तर्गपति स्वमूलतिकोणे a far X4 919, etc. and would be translated thus If the lords of the Saplavargas occupied by a planet be in their STEM (Moolatrılona) 737 (Swakshetra) or in the houses of an aina (Adhimitra), fa (Mitra, A (Sama), TX (Satru) or an *TET (Adhisatru), the Antifaq (Saptavargajabala) of the planet will be 45, 30, 20 15, 10 4 and 2 Virupas respectively According to this view, the Agata (Saptavargajabala) of the Sun will be worked up thus The Suns position is 0 17° 43' 30". Mars, the lord of the ti (Rası) occupied by him, is in Hint (Veeda), a house of Jupiter no is an art (Adhumtra) His strergth in the TF (Rası) there fore will be 375 of a Rupa The gu (Hora) cccupied by the Sun is that of the Moon who is in #77 (Makara), a sign owned by Saturn, a friend of the Moon. The Sun's 7 (Bala) in the la (Hora) will thus be 25 of a Rupa The Sun is in the um (Drekkana) of fire (Simba) The lord of the (simha)ic, hımcell, is in ** (Mesha), a sign belonging to Mars, un MT (Adhimitrn) Huis Da'ra') un'ins "ccount w'l 'de 375 of a Rupi Tor the same reason, the Sun's 7 (Bah) due to l is being in the WTANTT (Simha Saptamsz) will be 375 The 911 (Navamsa) occupied by the Sun is op 1 (Kapya), a sign on ped by Mercury and this ·29 Sl. 3] तृतीयोऽध्यायः planet is in मीन (Me-na), a house belonging to Jupiter who is his friend. So the Sun's strength due to this will b: 25 of a Ripa He is occupying the 214Taza (Vrischika Drvadısamsa), Mars, the lord of वृश्चिक (Vrischika), is 10 मीन (Meena), a house of an अधिमित्र (Adhimitra). The वर्गरल (Vargabali) on this account will be •375. Lastly, the Sun is in Jupiter's Trimsumst. Jupiter is in धनुम (Dhanus', h६ मूलतिरोणागि (Moolatrikont Rasi) The वल MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLANETS शनि शुक्र ग्रहा. रवि चन्द्र कुज बुध 1.कु 1. 10 अधि मिन 12 गु.12 गु अधि मित्र 9 गु. मूलत्रि 1 कु. मम मिस 5.र. 5.7 आध. होरा 5र मम 4. सम अधि अधि मित्र 5. स्वक्षेत्र अधि मित्र भित्र য়ন্স देषाण 2 शु. 9.गु शनु ... 8.8.कु.१गु मित्र स्वक्षेत्र स्वक्षेत्र अधि. शनु स्वक्षन शतु 5.र. स्वक्षेव सप्ताश 7.शु मित्र 9 गु म्वश्रेल 4.7.17.शु. सम मम 12 गु11श अधि मित मित्र 5 र 6 बु. मिन नवाश 2 शु मिन 12.गु11.श मित्र मिन्न 1 कु अधि मिन 9 गु. भनु अधि अधि हारशाश .. 9 गु मिन 3.बु.11.श अधि मित्र 18 अधि भित्र मित्र 9.गु 6.बु. [12 गु स्वशेष अधि. मिन लिंशाश 9 गु 12 सम मिन 8 कु10.! 1. कु. स्वक्षेत्र| मित्र अधि. मिन 9 गु.|7.शु झनु सन ·30 sirtãozia [Adh. III (ATTT42) Saptavargajabala Planets Chandra Ravi Kuja Griha 37> 25 375 25 75 25 125 Hora 375 5 375 375 125 *031 145 Dreh kana 5 25 5 362 5 031 062 Saptansa 5 25 375 25 5 125 125 Mavamsa 25 25 375 25 375 031 062 Duacasamsa 375 375 25 25 5 375 062 Trimca msa 125 25 5 *25 375 062 123 Total 25 2 125 2 75 1 6873 125 905 687 (Bala) will therefore be 75 of a Rupa. The total HATTT (Sapthi vargajabala) of the Sun w 11 thus amount to 375 pis 25 plus 375 plis 375 plus 25 plus 375 plis 73=775 Rupas The first of the two tables printed above g ves the mutual relations of planets, wh le tre second, their FATTITI Sapta vargajabala) as per the former vies and which alone has been adopted in these calculat ons throughout युग्मभांशकगतौ शशिशुक्रौ यच्छतो हि बलपादमपुग्मे । भाशके रविकुजेज्यशनिबास्तापदेव वितरन्ति हि मचम् ॥ ४ ॥ Slohe! The Moun and Venus when they are in an even sign or in a Vivamsa (AFİT) owned by an even sign ghe Ith of a Rupa as strength The Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury gise the same amount of strength when they are in an odd sign or in n Navamsı owned by an odd sign Wben tle Moon or Venus occup es an even sgn and also a Navamsa owned by an even s gn ben the strength is Ith of a ·Sl..] तृतीयोऽध्यायः 31 ....... Rupa for each circumstance. The total strength is t a Rupa. Similar rerrark applies to any one of the other placets occupying an odd sign and at the same time a Navamsa owned by an odd sign. Cf. केशवपद्धतिः शुकेन्दू समभांशके हि विपमे.न्ये दधद्धिं बलम् । मारावली स्वीक्षेसे शशिभार्गवौ नरगृहे शेषा बले स्थानजे ॥ Also पराशर. इन्दुशुगौ युग्मांशे तिथिरोजांशगाः परे । The Moon and Venus when in a 911 (Navainsa) owned by an even sign have स्थानबल (Stthanabala) measured by 15 Virupas, The rest when in a 77T (Navamsa) owned by an odd sign have 47775 (Stthanabala) measured by 15 Virupas. The Sun is in मेष (Mesha), an odd sign, and in the 61 नवाश (Navamsa) owned by i-E17 (Kanya), an elen sigo. So the Sun's अयुग्मबल (Ayugmabala) is *25 of a Rupa. The Moon is in मकर (Makara) and in the 5th नवाश (Navamsa) owned by वृषभ (Vrishaba) an even sigp, and its युग्मबल (Yugmabala) 15 *25 plus *25 or *5 of a Rupa Mars is in मीन (Meena), an even sign, and in the last नवाश (Navamsa) owned by मीन (Meena). So the अयुग्मवल (Ayugmabala) of Mars is zero. युग्मायुग्मयलम् (Yugmayugmabala) - चन्द्र जा बुधः शुक्र शान 25 •5 0 •25 15 0 .5 कण्टकाधुपगतेपु नियोज्या रूपकार्द्धचरणा निजीयें । भान्त्यमध्यमुखगेषु च पादः स्त्रीनपुंसकनरेषु निधेयः ॥ ५ ॥ Sloka 5. When the planets are in Kantaka (Ist, 4th, 7th, 10th), Panapara (2nd, 5th, 8th, ilth), and Apoklima (3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th), a Rupa, Ja Rupa and of a Rupa respectively are to be set down for their ·32 श्रीपतिपतिः [Adh. III strength. When the feminine, hermaphrodite and masculine planets occupy respectively the end, the middle and the initial portion of a sigri, Ith of a Rupa is to be assigned for their strength. केशवपद्धतिः- केन्द्राधेपु च रूपकार्द्धचरणान्यच्छन्ति खटाः क्रमात् । स्त्रीखेटो चरमे नरा प्रथमके कीबी च मध्ये तथा द्रेष्काणे वितरन्ति पादमुदितं स्यात् स्थानवीय विदम् ॥ ६ ॥ Alco गग केन्द्रस्थ. पूर्णबलो मध्यमबल: फणपरस्थितस्तद्वत् । आपोक्किमग. प्रोक्तो होनबल खेचरो मुनिभिः ।। पराशर lays down the following - केन्द्रादिपु स्थिता रमात् पष्टिविशत्तिथिः क्रमात् । आदिमध्यावसानेपु देकाणेषु स्थिता. कमात् ॥ पुनपुंसकयो शाख्या दद्यस्तिथिफल ग्रहा: | and adds स्वपड्वर्गगतस्त्रिशदेवं स्थानयलं विदुः । "When a pluet cccuples a केन्द्र (Kentra), फणार iPavapara) or आपोक्किम (ApohJ.ma) agp, its strength is reckoned respectively at 60.30 and 15 Virupas. Planets that are masculine, hermaphrodite and feminine o curying respectively the fir t, second and third Drekkanas of a sign have देकाणावल (Drekkhanabila) calculated by 15 Virupas. When the planets happen to be in their own gaf (Shndvarga), the देवाणवस (Drekhanabal) is to be reckoned at 30 Virup s instend of 15 Virupts." According to this, Jupiter noull get 5 of a Rupa instead of -252s shonn in the statement केन्द्रादियरम् (Kendradibala) शुक्र भनि •25 *25 125 1 - ·S1. 6] gaitiseara: 33 There is a diversity of opinion as to what Kendras are Some take the Kendras to be Ja (Lagoa), 4th, 7th and 10th Rastsa Others take them to be the 1st, 4th 7th and 10th Bhavas. The commentator ot situlacail (Sripatipaddhati) and CEST (Balabhadra), the author of CRICS (Horaratna), hold the latter view, while TTC (Parasara) and finay (Kesava Daivagoa) incline to the former Neither view affects the horoscope in question Regarding masculine, feminine and hermaphrodite planets, refer to the 76 (Jatabaparijata), Adhyaya II, Sloha 27. देवाणवलम् (Drekkanabala) पि चद्र कुन बुध गुरु शुक्र TAHT O 0 0 0 25 0 0 स्थानबलम् (Stthanabala) Planets Mars Mercurs Venus Saturn De Jupiter Uchchabala 97 397 667 05! 186 905 044 2 125 2 75 1 687 3 125 *906 687 Saptavargaj? 2 5 bala Yugmayugma •25 bala hendradıbala 10 5 10 25 5 10 5 10 25 • 25 25 110 10 Drekhanabala 0 0 10 0 25 0 10 Total 4 707 4 022) 3 667 | 2 238 4 3112 811 2 231 स्थानीयमिदमेपमिहोतं दिग्नल शृणुत पूर्वदिशोतः। निद्गुरू रनिकुजौ रविमनुः शुक्रशीतकिरणौ चलिनौ स्तः ॥६॥ Sloha 6 The positional strength (FT. Sttha nabalı) has thus been treated of in this work. Hear the 1.4, 5 ·34 श्रीपतिपद्धति [Adh. III . Directional strength (दिग्नल - Digbala) from the East onwards. Mercury and Jupiter are strong in the East or Lagna Bhava, the Sun and Mors in the South or 10th Bhava, Saturn in the West or 7th Bhara, Venus and the Moon in the North or 4th Bhava CHातकपारिजात चिलमपातालवधूनभोगा बुधामरेज्यौ भृगुसूनुचन्द्रौ । मन्दो धरासूनुदिवाकरौ चेत् क्रमेण ते दिग्यशालिन स्यु ॥ Also वृहज्जातक दिक्षु बुधाङ्गिरसी रविभौमौ सूर्यसुत सितशातकरी च यवनेश्वर गुविन्दुजौ पूर्व विलग्नसस्थौ नभ स्थलस्थी च दिवाकरारी । सौरोऽस्तग शुक्रनिशाकरौ न ले स्थितावग्यवती भवेताम् । AL Oसारावली एग्ने जीवबुधा दिवाकरकुनी ब्योनि सरे भास्करि- बंधाविन्दुसिती दिशाकृतमिदम् ।। अर्कात्तुजाचाम्युगृहं पिशोध्य जीवादधाचापि कलत्रभावम् । मेपूणं भार्गपचन्द्रमोभ्यां प्राग्लममुप्णांशुमुताच शेपम् ॥७॥ पड्डाधिकं चेद्भगणाद्विशोध्यं कलीकृतं खाभ्रगजानभूमिः । भजेदवाप्तं तु कब्बलं सादतः परं कालरलं प्रगन्मि ॥८॥ Slokas 7 and S Subtract the 4th Bhuva from the Sun and Mars, the 7th Bhava from Jupiter and Mercury, the 10th Bhava from Venu, and the Moon, and the Lagna Bhava from Saturn If the reinainder should be in excess of 6 signs, subtrict it from 12 signs Reducing the result to minutes, diridc the same by 10,800 What Is obtuned as the Directional strength (दिग्बल . Digbala) in Rupas I shall proceed to state the Temporal strength (कारयल Kalabala) of planets.

·Sl.9]
गृतीयोऽध्यायः
35
Let us find the Sun's Digbala. .
The Sun's position is
0 17°43'30*
The 4th Bhaya 18
37 42 11
Subtracting, we get
9 10
19
Since this exceeds 6 signs, we have to subtract
the same from 12 signs
The result is
2 19 58 41
This, reduced to minutes is
4798.7
Dividing by 10809, we get the Sun's Digbala as •444.
of. पराशर-
अत्कुिजात् सुखं जीवाज्ज्ञाञ्चास्त लममार्कित: ।
मध्यलनं भृगोश्चन्द्राद्विरवा पड्भाधिके सति ॥
चनाद्विशोध्य रामा भागीकृत्य च तद्बलम् ।
...
That 15,
"Subtract the 4th bhava from the Sun as well as from Mars.
Subtract the 7th bhava from Jupiter as well as Mercury. Subtrict
the 1st bhava from Saturn Subtract the 10th bhava from Venus
and the Moon When the difference in the several cases exceed
six sigas, subtract it from 12 signs. Divide the result by 3.
What is obtained is to be reduced to degrees, etc. The result
constitute दिग्बल (Digbala) in Virupas, etc."
केशवपद्धतिः-
मन्दालग्नमिनाकुजाच हिबुकं शोध्य विधाभोगवा-
न्माध्यं ज्ञाद्गुरतोऽस्तमन्न रसभात्पुष्टं त्यजेचक्रतः ।
दिग्वीय रसहृत्तु ॥
Directional strength (दिग्वलम्-Digbala) of planets.
चन्द्रा
कन
बुध'
मुक
शनिः
•444
-037
•554
•260
•887
-535
•074
नक्तंवला भौमाशशाङ्कमन्दा गुर्वर्कशुका दिनशक्तयः स्युः
सदेन्दुपुत्रो दिनशक्तिभाजां ग्राह्यो वुधैरुनतसंज्ञकालः ॥९॥

·36 श्रीपादपद्धति [Adh III नतस्तमोर्पियतां पलीकृतः खखाप्टचन्द्रहितो बलं भवेत् । बुधस्य रात्रौ च दिवा च रूपकं विधेयमेतत्समयोद्भवं बलम् ॥१०॥ Slokas 9 and 10 Mars, the Moon and Saturn have strength by night. Jupiter, the Sun and Venus hase potency by day Mercury is strong at all times In the case of planets having strength by day, tale the sta (Un nata) and in the case of those strong by night, take the ta (Nata) Reduce cach to palas, re, vighatikas and divide the same by 1830 The result is Nitonnatabala (नतीशतवल) in Rupas Temporal strength of this kind in the case of Mercury, by day as well as by night, should be put down as one Rupa. जातकपारिजात निशीन्मन्दावनिता परेऽहनि । उध सदा ॥ सारातरा जीवास्फुितितोऽह्नि विच सतत मन्दन्दुभीमा निशि ॥ Aloहजारक निशिशशिवजसौराः सर्वदा शोति चान्ये । For determining the actual strength,of. पराशर, आमच्यासादरावाहिवाराविरिति कमात् । अभार्गवसूरीणां विसरा नाघ्यो गता दिवा ॥ भौमचन्द्रशनीनां तु परिशे वरयेदिमा । दिवायरमिति प्रोक्त पल नेश ततोन्यथा ॥ पष्टिरेव सदा स॥ "From mıdaight to m dday is called day. From midday to midagbt, it is called =ght The past pais (ghatıhas) during the day (1 6, from midnight to midday) multiplied by 2 gives the RTITS (Divabala) in Virupas of the Sun, Vends and Jupiter. Subtract this from 60 padis The balane gives the pa (Dıxabala) of Vars the Moon and Saturn. The pocess is to be reversed for the night That is the past nad s multiplied by tro are to con stitute the TÊTE (Ratribula) cf Vers, the love and Saturn And thedefect of this fron 60 nadis is the राधिरन (Ratribala) of the ·Sl. 11.12] तृतीयोऽध्यायः 37 Sun, Venus and Jupiter. Mercury has 60 Virupas for this strength at all times (both during the day and night)," केशवपात:- अथो समय रूपं सदा स्याद्विद- खिशद्भक्त नतोन्नते शशिकुजाकीणां परेषां वले ॥ ७ ॥ नतोन्नतवलम् (Natonnatabala) ......... चन्द्र कुना बुध गुन' शनि *458 -532 •532 1.00 •468 •468 -532 भ्यर्कः शशी पड्भवनाधिकश्थेचक्राद्विशुद्धोथ कलीकृतोऽसौ । चक्राईलिप्ताविहृतो वलक्षपक्षे बलं स्यादथ कृष्णपक्षे ॥ ११ ॥ तदेव रूपाच्च्युतमेव कृत्वा जगुयुधाः पक्षवलं ग्रहाणाम् । वलक्षपक्षे शुभखेचराणां पापग्रहाणाममिते च पक्षे ॥१२॥ Slokas 11 and 12 The Moon diminished by the Sun when found greater than 6 signs should be subtracta ed from 12 signs, and the difference reduced to minutes should be divided by 10,800. The result is the Pakshabala (पक्षबल) in Rupa of the benefic planets in the hght half of the month. The same subtracted from a Rupa is their Pakshabala during the dark half of the month, Wise men say that the Pakshabala of the benefic planets in the light half of the month corresponds to the Pakshabala of the malefic planets during the dark half and vice versa. This is given tersely and elegantly by Kesava Daivagna thus- शुक्लन्त्ये तिथिहृद्वतप्यतिथयो पीय सतां भूच्युत पापानां हिगुण विधेरिदमथ । In the light half of the month the (Pakshabaia) of benefic pla. prst Thithrs (तिथे) Dets on any day is number of Thithis(निथि) in the (पक्ष)Paksha,se, 15 ·38 धीपतिपद्धति [Adh, III the defect of this from unity to the (Pakshabala) of the malefic ones In the dark half of the month the (Pahslabalı) of the benefic planets on any day is number of Th this (hy) to come Thitbts (1714) in the 90(Pilsba).e, 15. The defect of this from unity is the MT2 (Pakshabıla) of the malefic ones, Cf पराशर चन्द्राद विशोध्य च ॥ भङ्गाधिके विशाध्याकादागाकृत्य निभिमरेत् । पक्षत परमिन्दुज्ञशुक्राणा तु पष्टित ॥ Subtract the Sun from the Moon If the differepce exceed 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs Reduce the result to degrees, etc Divide this result by 3 What is obtained is the 47* (Paksha bata) in Vuropris of the Moon Mercury, Tenus and Jupiter The defect of this from CO will gie the 472 (Pal shabala) of the Sun Mars and Saturd Some consider Mercury malefchen assoc ated with malefic planets The Moon is regarded as bonefic whether waxing or wan ng The commentator on Taala (Sripalipaddhatı) would treat r (Budba) as always benefi Also see II e II-9, pp 49-50 99957 (Pakshabala) रवि तुर्थ गुर IT 481 518 481 518 $18 518 481 अवस्त्रिभागेषु पलं सरूपं सीम्यातिग्माशुभुयां ममेण । कार्य तुपारांशुमितासृजां च रात्रो सदैवामरपूजितस्य ॥ १३ ॥ Slola 13. There are 3 equal divisions made of the dav and 3 equal divisions made of the night These trhen in their order are owned by Mercury, thr Sun, Saturn, the Moon, Venus and Vars The lord of the ·SI. 13] तृतीयोऽध्याय. 39 particular division of day in which a birth, etc, takes place has the strength of 2 Rupi Jupiter 125 this strength (of a Rupa) at all times. C. परासर. हिस्वान्येपामहारानि निमागीकृत्य या नु। जन्मर मतदशाधिपते पष्टिवरम् मयेत् ॥ आधाने चिरमोशे तु निरामृतार्णा यरम् । सामन्मेन्दुशुमारा पतय सयंदा गुर ॥ Divide the day into 3 equal parts and the night also ipto 3 equal parts The lord of that portion whether of day or night in which the birth happens has 60 Virupas as his faTUL TITUIT (Dhina ratri Inbhagabala) This a (balz) 19 the case of conception and in the advent of the intelligent principle upto the foetus fata (Chitpravesa) Is 30 and 45 Virupns respectively. Mercury, the Sun, Saturn, the Moon, Venus and Murs are respectively the lords of the six divisions (of day and nigit). Jupiter possesses this strength at all times and gets 60 Virupas during birthi (according to the conmentator, even during आधार (Adhana) and चित्प्रवेश Chitpraves2) मारावली प्रामात्रिभागेऽतियल शशा शुको निशाद्धेऽवनिनो निशान्ते । प्रातसुंधो मध्यदिने च सूय सर्वत्र जीचोऽसुतो दिनान्ते ॥ Also गुणाकर निशामुसे शीनरचितीयान् भृगुनिशीथे कुसुतो निशान्ते । प्रातर्युधो मध्यदिने दिनेश शनिनिान्ते धिपण सदेव ।। शवपद्धति अन्हस्यशपु क्रमात् । सौम्याक्भुिवा निश शशिसिताराणा च रूप सरे उपस्य॥ दिनरावित्रिमागबलम् (Dinaratritribhagabala). - चन्द्र बुध शनि 0 0 . 0 0 ·42 धीपतिपद्धति. [ Adh. III This divided by 7 leave a remainder 6 vluch shows the day of birth to be Friday The 1 (Varapa), «c, the lord of the week day is therefore Venue Dividing the same number of elapsed terrestrial days by 350 and 0 separately, we get the tivo quotients 1,981,455,850 and 27,813,470,20+ denoting the years and months clapsed since the creation According to the rule given before, thes- quotients hive to be multiplied respe tively by 3 and 2 and the product in earh care increased by I aad disided by 7. The respective remaiaders are 5 and 6. Therefore the lord of the year or at (Varshapa) is Jupiter and that of the month, 77499 (Vasapa), Venus The word T (Hora) means an hour, :c, 'ith part of a day As well as ball of a Rası Some take it in the former Sense api others in the latter, The lords of the horas (ta) accordiog to the fast view are 7, + Jupiter, Mars the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon and Saturn recurring in the same order. The lord of each week day as the lord of the 1st hora Tor instance, tbe Ist bora on Sunday belongs to the Sun, the next to I cous, the third to Mercury, the 4th to the Moon, the 5th to Saturn the 6th to Jupiter, the 7th to Mars, the 8th again to the Sua and so on The last of, the 24th bolongs to Mercury, so the 25th ie, the 1st hors on Monday, belongs to the Moon. This is called Tark (Kalahora). The following Rule is given in TEATTIT: (Muhurthamarthan da) for Goding the lord of the T (Ilori) at any given time विभोऽर्कोनविरपके ररिसिताद्वार्किजीवारजो. होरेशा धपते ॥ Ascertain the Laon at the time ani subtract the Sun from the Lagoa Multiply the difference by 2. If the number of cigas exceeds 7, divide it by 7. The remainder will show the order of the cla (Hera). The lord of the lat di (Flora) being the lord of the work day tahen, a certain the lord of the ICT (Ilora) io ques. tion in tbe order shown in the formula रविसितनदाकिनीवास्नी होरेशा रापते ॥ To calculate the lord of the URI (Ilora) in the horoscope, we proceed thus.

·Sl. 16] गृतीयोऽध्यायः 43 The Lagna is The Sun's position is 01431-46 017.43.30 ... १ Subtracting, we get 11-264816 Multiplying this result by 2, we have 23 23 36 32, so that it is the 24th horn countiog from that of Venus 1,0, the Moon's, The subjoined table gives the aggregate 1979 (Kalabala) t.ethe Temporal strength of the planets. Planets Sun Moon Mars ģ Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn 되 Natonnatabala •468 .532 •332 •000 •468 468 •532 Pakshabala •481 •518 *481 •518 •518 '518 *481 Thribhagabala 10 0 [1000 0 1000 . . Varshapabali 0 0 0 .0 •25 0 Masapabila . 0 0 0 5 Dinapabala 0 0 0 0 0 •75 0 Horapabala . 1000 0 . 0 0 0 Total Kalabala 3949 205 2013/1-51822362-23611013 क्रान्तिः सौम्या स्वमिह परमापक्रमे दक्षिणर्ण शुक्रादित्यक्षितिसुतमरुत्पूजितानां विधेया। व्यस्ता शीतद्यतिरविजयोसि नित्यं विधेया रामाभ्यस्ता तदनु परमापक्रमेणोद्धरेत्ताम् ॥१५॥ ग्राह्यं राशिप्रभृति च फलं लिप्तिकीभूतमेत- योमाकाशद्विरदखकुभिर्भाजयेदायनं स्यात् । द्विघ्नं मानोरयनजरलं पक्षवीर्य तथेन्दोः ·धीपतिपद्धति [ Adh III Slokas 15-151. The northern declination must be put down as additive upto its farthest limit from the Equator, and the southern as subtractive, in the case of Venus, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter. This process is to be reversed in respect to the Moon and Saturn, and the declination of Mercury whether to the north or to the south is always to remain additive Multiply the amount of declination in degrees by 3 and divide the product by the maximum declination, 1e, 21°, Viewing the quotient as Rasıs, reduce it to minutes and divide this by 10 800 minutes and the result is the Ayanabala (377747) in Rupa , this is to be doubled in the case of the Sun just as the T87** (Pakshabala) or fortnightly strength is doubled in the case of the Moon. The 32 (Ayanabala ) of a planot at the Equator is a Rups. This is increased then the planet s decl nation increases aod is additive but when the declioation is subtractive, the pla nets strength (1975- Ayanabala) becomes proportionately din nished Cf.सारावली उत्तरमयन प्राप्ता शुनजान्द्रमन्त्रिणो बलिन । याम्य शशिरविपुत्रौ द्वयेऽपि शशिन स्ववगस्थ । भास्कराचाय (Bhaskaracharya) in his work called ब्रह्मतुल्य (Brahma tulya) alias 95 (Karanakutuhala) gives the following rule for finding out the mala (Kranti) or declination of the planets North or South. स्यु क्रान्तिखण्डानि यमागरामा मायग्नयो गोनववाहवश्व । पयश्चिन खेपु भुवो द्विवाणा युतायनाशग्रहबाहुभागा ॥ विभ्युद्धता लब्धमितानि तानि योज्यानि भोग्याहतशेषकस्य । तिथ्यशकै प्रान्तिकला भवन्ति युक्तायनांशग्रहोलदिका ॥ The maximum declination, il, 24 degrees is reached when the planet has advanced 90 degrees from any one of the Equinoctial Points, Sıx equal divisions of 15 degrees each are made of this ·तृतीयाsध्याय 45 Si. 16] 150' morc 90 degrees and the above rule gives the declioation in minutes of a #1474€ (Sajadagraha)-that is a planet whose progress along the Ecliptic is measured from the Equino tial Point-at the end of these several divisions. At the end of the first 15°, its derlination IS 362 minutes at the ecd of the 2nd, it is greater by 341' at the end of the 3rd it is still greater by 295' at the end of the 4th, it is further increased by 236', at the end of the 5th it is raised by at the end of the 6th it is still further increased by 52'. A planets distance from the nearest Equinoctial Point will reveal in which of these 6 divisions it is, and its declination may be determined accordingly. Take for exa'nple the position of the Sun viz, 0 17 43 30 Add the 37777-T (Ayanamsa) 0 21 47 38 The distance of the Sun from the Vernal Equinox is 1 9 31 8 The Sun has adsanced 9° 31' 8" in the 3rd division Therefore the 9° 31' 8 declination=362'+341'+ x 259' = 892 737 minutes, since 15° this is bis northern declination, this is additive It has to be added to 1440' The total declination of the Sun from the zero point (the point where the arta (Ayanabala) is n: 1is 2332 737 Mul tiplying this by 3 and dividing by 144C, we get 4 8599 signs The 4 8599 X 30 X 60 = 2747 (Ayanabala) of the Sun therefore is 8099 of a Rupa This is certainly round about hesara Daivagoa s method is shorter and simpler It is this सदाक्रान्तिभागैर्युता जस्य सिद्धा शनीन्द्वोर्युतोना क्रमाद्याम्यसौम्यै । विलोम परेपा गजाम्भोधिभत भवेदायन वीर्यमस्य दृन्नम् ॥ ९ ॥ Find the amount of declination in degrees fron the zero point and divide this by 48 degrees (the de lipation from the zero point to the maximum point) The result is the fate (Ayapabala) in Rupa It will be useful to quote here what TTT (Parasıra) has said in this connection- सायनाशग्रहभुतराशीनिवधिभि सुरै ॥ सूयहरवा क्रमादाशिभाग स्यादनुपातत । • एव राश्यादिके युज्यादारार्योशन सु च ॥ 10800 ·48 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. 111 मध्यस्पष्टद्युचरविवरार्द्धन युक्ताचलोचा- न्मध्ये स्पष्टादधिकवपुपि न्यूनके वर्जिताच ॥ १७ ॥ जह्यान्मध्यग्रहमिति भवेत्तच्च चेष्टाख्यकेन्द्र पाशिम्योऽधिकमपनयेन्मण्डलाच्छेपफस । कृत्वा लिप्ताः शतहतगजाशामिराप्तं फलं य- चेष्टानीय तदिह कथितं होरिकैथुद्धिवृद्धैः॥१८॥ Slokas 163-18 If the Mean planet exceed the True planet, subtract the latter from the former and add half the difference to the शीघ्रोच (Sighrochcha). Where the सट (Spashta) or True planet exceeds the मध्य (Madhya) or Mean planet, subtract the latter from the former and diminish the Sighrochcha by half this difference. From the Sighrochcha thus increased or decreased as the case may be, take away the मध्य (Madhya) or Mean planet. The result is शीघ्रझेन्द्र (Sighra . Kendra) or चेष्टाकेन्द्र (Cheshtakendra). If it exceeds 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. Reduce the remainder to minutes and divide the same by 10,500 minutes The resulting quotient in Rupa measures the agtas (Cheshtabala) as explained by the wise seniors in Astrology Keswa Daiva ou expresses the same with greater brevity and cleatness as follows मध्यसप्ट्युतेर्दरोनित चल चेप्टार पकेन्द्र कुमात् । स्वात्तचेगगणात् घ्युतं पडधिकं पहन चेष्टावलम् ।। The Cheshtahendra of the plan-ts, Mars, etc.) IS tbeir Sightochcha dimoshed by half the sum of their mean and true positions. Paracara lays down the followicg for ascertaiping the cares (Gautatas) [ihe.. 6) गति (Vakragati), (1) जुगति (Rujugati), (11) विकल्गति (Vikalagati), {1) मरगति (Mandagati), (v) मन्दतरगति (Manda. taragati), (vi) शीरगति (Seeghragati) and (vi) शीघ्रतरगति (Seegbratara. gati)] of planets:

·Si. 18] qaldisvara: 49 पष्टिवनगते यिमनुवक्रगते दलम् । पादं विकलभुक्तः स्याद्दलमेव समागमे । पादं मदगतस्तस्य दलं मंदतरस्य च । शीघ्रमुक्तेस्तु पादोनं दलं शीघ्रतरस्य च ॥ 1 The strength of a planet when 7 (Vakra) or retrograde is 60 Virupas. When 1897 (Anuvakra) or progressive, it is 30 Virupas. The 73 (Bala) of a planet whose light is overpowered by that of the Sun and which is a (Vikala) or stationary is 15 Virupas. When there is 199 (Samagama-conjunction of any one of the non luminaries with the Moon) its strength is 30 Virupas. When the planet has increasiog direct motion less than the mean motion IR (Nandagatı), its strength is 15 Virupas. When the planet IS HET (Nandatara), 1 c, has decreasing direct motion less than the mean motion, its strength is 7} Virupas. When the planet is 112 (Seegbra), 1.0, has decreasing direct motion greater than the mean motion, its strength is 45 Virupas. If it is alric (Seegbra. tara) or has increasing direct motion greater than the mean motion, the strength is 30 Virupas. To measure the TEITSI (Cheshtabala) of a planet what is called its 19 (Cbeshtakendra) should be ascertained. The method prescribed in the text for finding this tette (Chechtakendra) is very elaborate and involves a good knowledge of the laws of planetary motion, their m (Manda) and fi (Seeghra) phalas (). It is not possible without a good study of Astronomy to go through the processes mentioned in the text correctly. As the Generality of astrological students depend upon almanacs for tho results of planetary motions, they should feel thankful to any one who helps to get at these results most readily at second hand. Such a one has actually come forth in the person of Mr V. B. helstar of Bagalkol, Ralm2gw!, Bombay Presidency, His mogu. mental work nimed 4 te Uyotirganıtam) gives tables with the lielp whereof, the (11777. Seeghrahendra which is identical with 017-Cheshtakendra) *of planets can be accurately determined. "Videst taltat (Praudhamsacrama), a commentary by TT. 19 (Dinalara Daivagna) oa Kesava Daivagaa's 3419 Tafsi, 10. #1. 4. 7

·60
श्रीपतिपदति
[Adh II
This bcok will prove a valuable companion to the student of Astro
ogy as it enables him to calculate the पाहम् (Pauchangam) and
the planetary positions at any given time from 2000 D C to
3000AD
The 21 (Chesbtakendras) of the five planets from Mars as
determined from Mr Ketakat's Tables are given below
चेष्टाबलम् (Cheshtabala)
कुन
बुध
गुक्र
नि
3256989/217°059/216°7601351°085
१°270
चे, बलम्
189
794
795
049
062
मन्दावनीमनुशशाङ्कपुनमागीशशुक्रेन्दुदिवाकाराणाम् ।
एकोत्तरं रूपमगैविभक्तं नैसर्गिक वीर्यमुदाहरन्ति ॥ १९ ॥
Sloka 19 The natural strengths नैसर्गिकबल (Narsar
gıkabala) of Saturn, Mars, Nercury, Jupiter, Venus, the
Moon and the Sun consist respectively of 1,2 3, 4, 5, 6,
7 Rupas divided by 7.
fपराशर
एव चावल प्रोक्त नैसर्गिकमयो गणु।
पष्टिरकेपव सप्तदश पविशतिस्तत ॥
चतुर्विंशनिवेदोका सूर्यादीना नितगत ।
.
The नागववल (Na arg kabala) or natural strength of the pla
nets from the Sun onwards is 60 51, 17, ?6, 34, 43 and 9 Vrupas
respect vely!
Also देशवानि
स्थादेकोत्तररूपमद्रिविहृत नैसर्गिक स्याल
मन्दाज्ञसुरेज्य गुमशाभृताक्षणातीन क्रमात् ॥१०॥

·61 Sl 20] तृतीयोऽध्याय नैसर्गिकरलम् (Naisargikabala) रवि चद्र शनि बुध गुरु शुक्र 857 235 478 571 714 142 1000 सोम्यैदृष्टे दृष्टितुर्याशयुक्तं वीर्य पापालोकिते तद्विहीनम् । लग्नस्यापि स्वामिवीर्य हि वीर्य युक्तं कार्य तच जीवज्ञदृष्टया २० Sloka 20. When a planet is aspected by benefic ones, a fourth of the aspect is to be added to its 5 balas [स्थानबर (Stthanabala), दिग्बल (Digbala), कालबल (Kalabala), चेष्टाबल (Cheshtabala), निसर्गवल (Nisargabala)], previously enumerated, when it is aspected by malefic planets a fourth of the aspect is to be deductei from the aggregate of the aforementioned 5 balas The result becomes the वार्य (Veerya) or Shadbala (पड्वल) of the planet. The strength of a #ra (Bhava) is the same as the strength of its lord. To this should be superadded the entire aspect of Jupiter and Mercury upon the भाव (Bhava). C. पराशर शुभपाप हगाभ्यशयुतहीनानि तानि च । पड्बलानि ग्रहाणा स्युरेवमेकाकृतानि तु ॥ "The five बल (balas) described hatherto, vrs, स्थानबल (Stthara. bala), दिग्वल (Digbala), कालडल (Kalabala), चेष्टावल (Cheshtabala) fincluding अयनवल (Ayanabala)] and नैसर्गिक्वल (Narsargikabala) of a planet are to be added together. This sum is to be augmented by a fourth of the benefic aspect on the planet and diminished also by a fourth of the malefic aspect on the same sents the Shadbala of the planet, वेशवपद्धति सदृष्ट्यघ्रियुगुनदृष्टिचरणोन खेटवीयं भवेत् भावाना वलमीशज च नृचतुष्पादाएयकीयम्बुना 11 The net result repre.

·52 श्रीपतिपदतिः [ Adh. II पड्बल (Shadbala) Mercury] Planets Jupiter Venus Saturn Stthanabala .. 4.707] 4.02213.6677238143112811] 2.231 Kalabala ... 1094912:0501201315182-235122361.013 Digbala •037 •554 *260 •887 •535 •074 Ayapabala *810 •895 •662 ... "633 •008 •784 *126 Cheshtabala ... •810 -518 •189 •794 •795 •049 1062 Naisargıkabala 1.000 •857 *285 *428 •571 •714 42 Total 87208:37917:3705-871J850817112913.648 ... I Subhadrashth +295/+-109|+361+339/+261/+330/+.196 1 Papadrishti.. 1--291 ... -456 ... ... Total Shadbala } 9.01518.1977-73162098.613/745913.844 शुभावलोकिते पुनस्तदीयदृष्टिपादयुक् अमाधुना निरीक्षिते तदंघ्रिणा विवर्जितम् । नमे क्षिपेच्च रूपकं चतुप्पदाप्ययोर्दलं न कीटभे च किंचन स्फुटं भवेत्तनोपलम् ॥ २१ ॥ Sloka 21. When a #(bhava) is aspected by bene. fic planets, a fourth of the aspect goes to swell its strength; when malefic ones aspect it, its strength is to be diminished by a fourth of their aspect. If the first भाव (Bhava) should be a human Rasi, put down one Rupa as its Digbala; if a quadruped or a watery sign, its Digbala is 5 a Rupa; if a reptile, its Digbala is nothing. After ·Sl. 22-23] तृतीयोऽध्यायः 53 -- these operations, the true strength of the Lagna or the first माव (bhava) will be obtained. This is only a special instance of the general rule envaciated in the 23rd Sloka. If the first Bhava be a biped sigo, the seventh Bhava has to be subtracted from it The difference is 6 sigas exactly The Digbala is consequently a Rupa. When the first Bhava is a quadruped sign, the fourth Bhavi is to be deducted from it The difference here is 3 sigas more or less Hence the Dgbala is put down roughly as half a Rupa पेशवपद्धति जायावाद्यखभोनिता खलु ततो दिग्वीययत्तात सदृष्ट्याघ्रयुगुनदृष्टिचरणोन ज्यहग्युक्पुन ॥ जलजचतुप्पदकीटभसंज्ञाः सुखदशमास्तगता यलपन्तः । निजनिजसप्तमगा निग्लास्ते तदितरगेरनुपातनिधिः स्यात् ।। २२ Sloka 22 The signs which are termed watery, quadruped and reptile are strong in the 4th, 10th and 7th Bhavas respectively (their strength in this case being measured by one Rupa.) They are strengthless in places which are the 7th from those mentioned above And in the intermediate places their strength is to be found out by rule of three दारान्मनुष्याद्धियुकं चतुप्पदात्तनुं च कोटाजलजाखभं च । विशोध्य शेष तधिकं रसाचेत् वियोध्य चक्राफलमादिवदिशेत् ।। इति श्रीपतिविरचिताया जातकपद्धती पला यायस्तृतीयः Sloka 23. Subtract the 7th 7777 (Bhasa) from one represented by a humın Rası, the 4th (Bhava) from that which is a quadruped, the first from one thich is a reptile; the 10th from one which is watery. If the Temrinder exceed 6 signs, sibtract it from 12 signs, and gct the frame (Digbala) as before, (ie, reduce the remain. der to minutes and diside the same by 10800 as was done in finding the दिग्वल (Digbalh) of planets].

·श्रीपतिपद्धति. [Adh. III The aggregate strength of a Bbava is composed of 3 items. (1) the aggregate strength of its lord, (2) a fourth of the aggregate हाट (Drishti) upon it of planets both benefic and malefic, together with the entire aspect of Jupiter and Mercury, (3) its Dobala ascertained with special reference to its character as a bspel, a quadraped, a watery or a reptile sign (inde jatakaparijata, Adhyaya J, Slokas 15-18) C. ग्विार अय विधा भावफल वदामि स्वस्वामिवीय यलमुक्कमेकम् । नभोगवदृष्टिबल द्वितीयं समनचान्द्रीयगैक्ययुलन् । धनाभिधा सौम्यगुग्रष्टिकंगाभिधेरे धनयोस्तु योग । धनगयोरन्तरमेव यागस्वेव विदित्वा युतिरत्र कार्या । नुकीटपश्चाम्बुचराणि भानि जााद्य वेश्माम्बरभौनितानि । यथा पडल्यानि लवीकृतानि त्रिभिर्विभक्तानि बलानि तानि ।। Some consider that the first half of ku nbha is a quadruped sigo and the latter half, a watery one. But this is not accepted by Garga who is of opinion that the eotire sigo is a biped one The signs hataba and Vrischiha have been classed as centipeds by Parasura But according to Garga and tle marity of astrologers, Vrischika alone as Keeta (centiped) while Kataka sa watery one. 1°3630" The strength of the lord of the ist Bhala will be 300 28°23'30* 8 613 (total strength of Jupiter) plus 300 x 7731 (total bala of Mars) or +65 plas73166%D7781. AI-0 पराशर शुमष्टि चतुर्थाशे युत म्वज्ञार्यदर्शने । होनपापडगाभ्यशैयुत स्वामियल यलम् ॥ गुरज्ञाम्या तु युतस्य पूर्णमेक तु योजयेत् । मन्दाररवियुक्तस्य यलमकेन यर्जितम् ।। नृयुग्म कपाधानचापपूर्वार्धकुमभात् । मृगचापपराद्धाख्या मेषसिंहमादपि ॥ असे कटकाचापि मृगान्स्याद्वांच मीनभा । अम्न सुस क्रमाला स हिरवासाधिके सति ॥

·55 S1. 23] तृतीयोऽध्यायः चकाद्विशोध्य रामैश्च भजेदागीकृतं बलात् । भावानां च ग्रहाणां च बरान्येवं विदुर्बुधाः ।। The strength of a Bhava is the total Shadbala of its lord (ascertained by processes described above) with certain additions and subtractions If there be any benefic placets aspecting the Bhuva, add a fourth of their Drigbala. And if there be inalefic plinets also view. ing the Bhava, subtract a fourth of their Drigbala. If Mercury and Jupiter aspect the Bhava, their entire Drigbala on that Bhava is to be further added But if Jupiter and Mercury or one of them be in the Bhava itself, add one Rupa to the Bhava bala And if Saturn, Mars and the Sun or any one of them be in the Bhava a Rupa is to be subtracted from the Bhava bala. Subtract the 7th Bhava from Mithuaa, rula, Kanya, the first half of Dhanus and Kumbha. Subtract the 4th Bhava from the first half of Mahara, from the latter balf of Dhanus, Mesha, Simha and Vrishabha. Subtract the first Bhava from Vrischika and Kataha. Subtract the 10th Bhava from the latter half of Mahara and from Meena. If the difference should exceed 6 signs, subtract it from 12 sigos Reduce the result to degrees. Divide this by 3. What is obtained in the Digbala of the Bhava in Virupas." पराशर also adds अशाप्रपोगरामाश्च सामिः करजलाकराः। नवाग्नय: सुराः खाग्निदंशसंगुणिता: क्रमात् ।। रम्यादय सुबलिनो राशीना स्वामिनो वशात् । अधिक पूर्णमेवं स्यादलं चेदलिनो मता. ॥ गुरसौम्यरवीणां तु भूतपटकैन्दवो द्विज । पशाग्नयः सभूनानि करभूमि सुधाकरा: । साग्नयश्च क्रमात् स्थानदिचेष्टासमयायने । सितेन्द्रोरत्यग्निचन्द्राश्च सेपयः साग्नयः शतम् ॥ घरवारिंशत् कमानीममन्दयोः पण्णर फ्रमात् । शिरावेदा: सप्तामा नसान यलिनो विदुः॥ भावस्थानग्रहः प्रोक्तयोमे ये योगहेतवः । तपो बलीयः कर्तासी स एवास्य फल२६॥

·319774 (The Strength of the several Bhavas) 56 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 Bhavaswam bala 7791 6 9C3 5 900 7 789 9 530 7 043 7 392 7 130 7 845 4 822 4 136 8 643 Bhavadr gbala 39 228 14S 130 208 119 -C93 - 263 178 - 168 059 267 562 91 1 440 1 439 1 022 79 830 599 368 189 392 840 Goesyadrigbala Dhavad gbala 462 308 692 1 CO 19 19 846 308 100 €41 359 Bhavabala 9*133 7955 110939 8180 10 358 10 939 8 100 8 129 8 312 8 343 5 843 5110 10113 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः "Planets are said to be fairly strong when their aggregate Shadbala does not fall short of the figures shown below against each planet Sun 390 Virupas Mars 300 Virupas Jupiter 390 Virupas Saturn 300 Virupas Moon 360 Mercury 420 Vedus 330 If the tala should exceed these figures, it is full, The strengtriot a Blavar corresponds to the strength of its lord, Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun should have got under the heads of 7 (Stthapa), ks (Dik), öz (Cheshta), 41a (Kala) and 3977 (Ayanabala) 165, 35, 50, 112 and 30 Virusas respectisely to be called strong Venus and the Moon under the same beads should have 133, 50, 30, 100 and 40 Virupas. Mars and Saturn should have (under the same heads) 96, 'O, 40, 67 and 20 Virupas. (Adh. Itt ·St. 1.2] . चतुर्थोऽध्यायः 57 Among the several planets which are associated with a Bhava, that planet that has the greatest Shadbala jpfluences it most" End of the Third Adhyaya. चतुर्थोऽध्यायः इष्टकप्टबलानिर्णयाद्यतो जातकोदितफलस्य निर्णयः । शिष्यमोहविनिवृत्तये ततस्तत्प्रसाधनमथाभिधास्यते ॥१॥ Adhyaya 4 Sloka 1. As the ascertainment of good and evil accruing to a person depends upon an accurate measure. ment of the good and evil forces influencing his nativity, the method of exactly determinug these forces for good and evil is to be treated of vo this chapter 12 view to remove the doubts of students of Astrology. नीचोनिताः स्पष्टतरा ग्रहेन्द्राः पड्भाधिका मण्डलतो विशोध्याः । कलीकृता राशिकलाभिरविता भलिप्तिकाप्ताः खलु तुगरश्मयः ।। Sloha 2 First find the crict position of the planets and diminish them by their depression figures, if the difference cxceed 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. Reduce the result to minutes, 11d1900 minute, thereto and divide the sum by 1800 minutes. figures give the cxaltation rays TIFA (Uchcharasmi) of the planets. परादार नोचोन तु महंभाधाधिक्ये चनाद्विशोधयेत् । उयरश्मिनाशि. सो विनाशसंयुत.॥ "From the figures dengtın; the position of a plaset, take anny tfic ligures denoting its depression point. And if the Jiler. ence exceed 6 s482, subtract it frem 12 signs. drd to the fagure मा.. The resulting ·58 sig fargia: (Adh. IV denoting the oumber of signs in the remainder ad: 1. The figures denoting the sumber of degrees minutes, etc., are to be doubled. The sum of the two results represents the ani (Uchcharasti) or the exaltation rays of the planet." The Sup's position is 0-17.43-30 Its depression 1$ 6.10 Subtracting, seget 6-7-43-30 As this exceeds 6 signs subtract the same from 12 sigas. The result is 5-22 16 30. The Fall (Uchcharasrat) is (5+1) plus twice (22-16 30) or 6 44 33, that is, 6.742 which is the same as obtained from Sripathi's rule, «.e., reducing 6-22 16 30 into minutes and dividing by 1800, e., 12136.5 or 6 742. 3800 उचरहिमचक्रम् (Uchcharasmi Chakra) ) 2757 TY शुक्र য়ান" रश्मय 6.7423 3835 003 | 1.30721196 431 1.264 चेयाख्यकेन्द्राणि कुजादिकानामुक्तानि भास्वानयनांशयुक्तः । त्रिभाधिकोऽथेन्दुरिनेन हीनश्चेष्टाख्यकेन्द्रे हि तयोर्मवेताम् ।।३।। Sloka 3. The Cheshtalendras of the fire planets beginning with Mars have been treated of already. Add the Ayana msa (ait) to the Sun and increase the sum by 3 signs The result is the Cheshtakendra of the Sun. Subtract the Sun from the Moon to obtain the Cheshta. hendra of the Moon. For the eles (Chesbtakendra) of the 5 planets Mars, Mercury, etc. wide Adhyay3, Slokas 17 and 18 supria The Sun's -17* (Chestakendra)=0 170-43'-30* plus 0 21°. 47139* plus 3 sigas = + 99-31'8".

·S1 4.5] चतुर्थोऽध्यायः 59 The Moon's Sam (Cheshtakendra) = 9 14° 29' 39" minus 0.17°43'.30" or 8-26-469". - C. कशवपद्धति व्यन्दुखिभयुक्त सायनराविश्वेष्टास्यकेन्द्रे तयो- गांकष्टेष्टविधो बरे कुरु तत माग्बर वीयाय ते ॥१२॥ Alco पराशर सायनांशार्क इन्दुश्च सनिमो भानुवर्जित. चेष्टाकेन्द्र कुजादीना पूर्व याये समारितम् ।। चेष्टाख्यकेन्द्राण्यधिकानि पड्माचक्राद्विशुद्धानि कलीकृतानि । सराशिलिप्तानि खखाटचन्द्रर्हतानि चेप्याख्यमरीचयः स्युः ॥४॥ Sloka 4 If the Cheshtakendras exceed 6 signs, they are to be subtracted from 12 signs and the difference reduced to minutes Add 1800 thereto and divide the sum by 1800 The result expresses the Cheshta rays The Suns पेग (Cheshta) rays-1931 Splu. I or 53173 The Moon's hot (Choshta) rays will be 12 siga, minus 8-26 469 pluri sign or 431351%3+1077 The cumbrousness of the author s rules has been pointei out more than once The उच्च (Uchchi) and वेग (Cheshta) rays can be obtained by multiplying the उचाल (Uchchabala) and शवल (Cheshtabala) severally by 6 and adding 1 to the product. चेष्टारदिमचक्रम् (Cheshtarasmi Chakra). बुध शुन पनि रश्मय 53171410312 1331576+[57741.297/1.375 रूपोनितानां ग्रहदोधितीनां रूपादिना रूपचयेन यत्स्वान् । श्रेटीफलं तत्विगुणांशुभक्तमित्युचचेष्टारुयफले प्रमाध्यै ॥५॥ Subtract one unit from the units repre. senting the rays of the planets. Find the sum of the Arithmetical Progression whose first term is one and the Sloin 5 ·60 sfiqarga: [ Adh. IV common difference is also one and the number of terms the number representing the net rays, and divide this sum by 3 times the rays; the results are the JIÊ#F* (Uch. charasmiphala) and the è gro 9.7 (Cheshtarasmiphala). After going through all the eliborate processes prescribo] bs the author, ke get a result which is no other than the Uchchabala and Cheshtabala alrea ly found out (1.dc Adayaya 3 Slokas 2 and 18). It is not clear why the student should have been bothered about the details of a -Sredhee (Arithmetical progression). All this is pithily expressed by Kesara Diivagaa thus:- ये चेष्टोचवले रसैरिनिहते सैके निजा रश्मयः चेटातुगवलाहतेः पदमिहेष्टं स्यारोनैकयोः । घातान्मूलमिदं हि कष्टमय तद्रूपं दशाया फरम् ॥ इट=V(उच्चवल x चेष्टायल) FL= V(1-3747) (1 1977) तद्वावमूलं फलमिष्टसं ते तुङ्गचेप्टाप्रमये फले तु । विशोध्य रूपादवशेषपातमूलं हि कष्टाभिधमामनन्ति ॥६॥ Slola 6 Multiply the figures representing the two phalas (4.). The square roo: of the resulting product expresses the good due to the Uchcha (37-exaltation) and the Cheshta bilas of the planets. Subtract the two phalas (Juke-Uchchaphala, ant àg17e-Cheshta phala) separately from unity and multiply the remainders toge. ther. The square root of the pro.just gives the evil that is to accrue. The Sun's TET (Ucl charts niphaly) is 957. Ilus T (Cheshtırasmphalt) 13 810. The product of the above in), leku 957 SIO = -775170 The Square root of it is 350 Thich is the lehta. The Kashti — V-G13 x 103 - .020 Simiy tre Moon's ishe V7 **3189 453. 1 he Moon's Kishtı --V.603x.482 =539. The Isbta portion of Mars=V.667X*159 = 355.

·S, 6 चतुर्थोऽध्यायः : 61 5 The Kashta 333 X 811 = 519 Mercury's Ishta=V 051 x 794 = 201, Kash19=V 949X 206 = 442. Jupiter's Ishty-V 1867 755 = 384 Kashta=V814 x 205 = 408. Venus Ishta ✓ 975 x 049 210 Kashta = 095 x 951 = 200 Saturn's Ishta = V044 x 052 = 052 hashta V 956x 938 = 947, AEMTÁTILEFT (Ishta & Kashta of Planets) 91 रवि कुन बुध गुर gray se (Ishta) 8SO 453 355 201 384 210 052 T(hashta) 090 539 519 442 408 300 947 Parasara lays doya 1 d fferent rule for finding the peod te He says उच्चश्मिरदानीय चेष्टारश्मि द्वयोयुते । दल तु शुभरश्मि स्वादष्टभ्यो पर्नितोऽशुम । उच्चचेष्टाकरी व्येसे दिग्भिस्वा तु यायेत् । दर येदिष्टमन्यत्स्यात् पष्टि-यो वजित परम् ॥ Obtain the jar (Cheshta) rays in the same way as you got the 34 (Uchcha) rys Add the tno results Half of this will be शुभ (Subliu) rays. The defct of this from 8 will represent the **T. (Asubha) ones Aguin, subtract 1 from each of the figures denot. in the 77 (Uchcha) and Set (Cheshta) rays and multiply the semu nders by 10 and then ad 1 to ether the two products Half the result svill represent the # (ls' tı) and the defect of this from 60 will be the T (hasht?) portion Thus, the Sun's JT7U17 Uchchirasmi) 15 6742 and the f (Cherhanismi) 1, 5317 fore(6742+317)-6030 minus 6030 or 1'970, llis Tautan (Sobharasmi) is there Ilus fonta (A ubharastru) is 8 ·62 श्रीपतिपदतिः [Adh. IV The E (Ishta)=}{10 (6742-1)+10 (5317-1} = 57 42+43 17 100'59 * 50 295, 2 2 The F2 15 60 minus 50 295 = 5705 पृथक् पृथक् खेटबलानि ताभ्यां हन्याद्भवेतां हि यले स्फुटे ते । सर्वग्रहाणां च दृशः फलाम्यां शुभाशुभाभ्यां निहताः स्फुटाः स्युः ॥ Sloka 7 Multiply the agzre yate 157* (Shadbala) of each planet separately by the figures representing its good and evil influence as found out in the previous sloka. The products give the rectified good and evil strengths of the planet. The aspect of each planet is also to be similarly treated (re, multiplied separately by its good and evil 3-Phala as found out in the previous sloha) The products indicate the rectified good and evil aspects of the planets, The Sun's Shadbala is S'C15 (1) The Sun's Ishta is 880 (2) The Sun's Kashta is 090 (3) The product of (1) & (2) is 79332 The product of (1) & (3) us *81135 The Moon's Shadbala is 89197 The Moon's Ishta is 1453 (5) The Moon's Kashta is *539 The product of (4) < (5) is 3713241 The product of (4) & (6) is 4 418183 Mars Shadbala is 7731 Mars' Istita is 355 Mars' Kashta is 319 The product of (7) & (8) 19 2 744505 The product of (7) & (9) is 4 012383 Mercury's Shadbala is 6209 (10) Mercury's Ishta is 201 (11) Mercury's Kashta is 442 (12) The product of (10) & (11) is 1 249009 CEC ·Si.7] चनुयाँऽध्यायः : 63 2744378 8613 *384 408 3307392 3514104 (13) (14) (15) (16) The product of (10) & (12) is Jupiter's Shadbala is Jupiter's Ishta is Jupiter's Kashta is The product of (13) & (14) is The product of (13) & (15) is Venus' Shadbala is Venus' Ishta is Venus' Kashta is The product of (it) & (17) is The product of (16) (18 is Saturn's Shadbala is Saturn's Ishta is Saturn's Kashta 15 The product of (19) & (20) is The product of (19) & (21) is 7'459 210 300 1 56639 22377 (17) (18) 3 844 052 947 *199888 3640268 (19) (20) (21) Ekegaarat anteria (Shadabalas-ishta & Kashta) चन्द्रा कुजा 54: गुरु. शुक्र 11: Ishta 7.933 3.713 12-74+1.248 / 3 307 1.565 0.199 ... Kashta 0811 +4184.012 274+ 3:51+ 2.237 3.640 The Drigbala accrued to the Sun by the Micon's aspect is 723 ste page 20 sufru s Ishta is '890 and Kashta, *090. The Sun's Ishta Dugbala is therelorc 723 x 830 or "63624, Ilis Kashta Durgala is '723**090 cr '06507. The Drugbala by the Suo's aspect over the Moon is 277. The Moco's Ishta is '453 al hacbta 539. The soon's Ishta Drogbuls is 277 x'+33 or "125181. The Moon's Kashta Dristal is 277*'339='349303. Simi, larly ia tbt citer arts.

·64 श्रीपतिपद्धति [Adh. IV इष्टदृष्टिचत्रम् (Ishta Drishti chakra) I lanets Sun Bloon Mars Sfercury Jupiter eous Saturn Sun 125 214 Moon 636 168 CS3 155 033 Wars 060 180 Mercer 036 169 602 Jup ter 401 C49 34+ 150 171 060 Venus 111 13 Saturn 351 कटाएचश्म् (Kashta Drishti Chakra) Planets Sun Moon Vars Vercury Jor ter Venus Sa urna Sun 149 159 Moon 065 145 12 604 Vars 060 191 013 19 015 Mercury Jep ter Venus 041 059 503 415 173 100 132 246 Saturn fis 200 बेशवपद्धति - वीयं हपृथगिष्टक एगुणिते द्वे चेष्टरष्टाहये ॥१३॥ खोचे रूपं चरणरहितं सतिकोणे स्वभेऽर्द्ध नागांशानां त्रयमधिमुहद्नेहगे मित्रोऽधिः। अंशेऽष्टानां समगृहगते भूपभागोऽरिगेहे दन्तांशः स्यादधिरिषगृहे नीचभे शून्यमेव ॥८॥ एतन्छुभारयमशुभं च पुनर्प्रहेषु खोचादिवर्तिपु वदन्ति तदूनमेकम् ।

·SI. 8.9) Equisetra: 65 7 एवं गृहेषु शुभपापफलार्द्धमन्य- वर्गेषु पदसु नियतं मुनयः पुराणाः ॥९॥ Slokas 8-9. Ancient sages say that the good influ. ence of a planet is one Rupa in its exaltation, ths of a Rupa in its Moolatrikona, * in its Swakshetra, Sths in the house of a very friendly planet, Ith in a friend's house, sth in the house of a neutral planet, i'eth in an inimical house, and in a very inimical house and nothing in its depression The evil influence of the planet in the several above positions is obtained by subtracting the good influence from unity. And in the 6 Vargas other than aria (Rası),--27z, EITI (Hora), cm (Drekkana), ANET (Saptamsa), wait (Navamsa), atzara (Dwadasainsa) and faart (Trimsamsa) --only a half of the prescribed good and evil influences is to be calculated. A pew and different method for finding out the good and evil influences of planets through the Srptavarga table seems to be advocated here and this system is said to hive the support of the Yavanas, while the one, treated in the two previous stokas of basing the 2 (Isht) and qe (Kashta) through the go (Uchcha) and 101 (Cheshta) rays, appears to have the approval of siges like Parasara and his followers. Let us take the case of the Sun in the example. He is in Mesha, the house of an Adhimitra (147). The good pfluence is 375 while the evil one is I -.375 or 625 He is in the Moon's Hicra The Vioon in the present case is also an Adhimitra. The good influence is t of 375 as the Varga under consideration is not 1 Rass but a Hora. The evil influecce for the same reason wll be $ of (1 - 375) or •312. The Sun is in his Ora Drehkana and also in his oma Saplumea. The good influence 10 each of these two Vargas will be i of 5 or 25, while the corresponding erst influence is also the sime, or25. The Sun is in kinyn Ninmsz, a portion of aed by Alercury, a Alitra (Ata frieni). llic goud influence is of 23 or "125 while the esil ·66 trafareta. [ Adh. IV influence is 1 (1 - 25) or 375 He is in Vr15cbika Dwadasamsa, an Amsa owned by Mars, lis Adhimitra The good influence is $ of 375 or 187 and the evil influence is 313 The Sun is 10 a Trimsamsa (TIT) of Jupiter, a Sam3 (). The good influence on this count is 1 of 125 or 067, the corresponding esiliofluence being of (1 - 125) = of 375 or 437 The Sao s good influence arising from a consideration of the Sapta Vargas is thus 373 + 187+ 25+ 25+ 125+ 187 + 062 or 1437 His evil influence is 623+ 312+ 25+ 25+ 375+ 313+ +37 or 2 562 Sim larly, with the rest of the planets. gpapaTf7754 (Ishta Saptavargajabala) Planets Sua Blood Mars viercury jap ier Saturn Venus Tasi 375 25 375 25 75 25 125 I fora IS7 25 157 197 OG? 015 OG Drekkana 13 175 25 031 25 015 031 Saptansa 25 195 IS7 135 25 062 067 Na amsa 135 125 187 125 197 015 031 Dadasansa. 187 187 125 125 25 187 031 Tr tsam 067 125 25 125 137 031 062 Total 1 437 1 157 1 562 0963 1937 0 578 0 106 AD1977 (Kashta Saptavargajabala) Planets San Moon Vars Vercury Jap ter eos Saturn Rasi 65 625 75 23 75 "875 Hora 313 25 313 313 433 435 437 Drekkan 25 375 23 469 25 455 465 5 375 313 •375 23 437 Santum a Navama 375 373 313 375 313 455 463 Dadasamsa 15 313 វ 318 313 469 Timsamst 433 375 کم 375 313 463 437 Total 562 2 813 2437 3031 2063 3427 3523 ·SI. 10.111 चतुर्थोऽध्यायः 67 केशवपद्धति स्वोभे रूपं तिकोणे चरणविराहेत स्वशंगेऽद्ध त्रयोटी- शाश्वाधीष्टर्स इटलंयुजि य चरणः स्वारसमक्षेऽमाश। भूपांशो वैरिगेहेऽपरिभयुजि रदाशश्च नाचे समीशा- दिष्ट गेहे तदूनकमसदय दल पटसु कायें तदैको ॥१४॥ पत्तयोः सप्तसु कौरमो. प्रथमयोरिष्टासदैक्थे कृता- संस्थाप्ये भदलादेपटसु च तदद्वै वर्गपानां पृथक् । कृत्वोत्तथा सदसद्यती निजनिजे तासन इटाशुभे वर्गेट तरस्थसगी जसोः सदसतोघांतात्पदने स्फुदे ॥१५॥ ये खेटभाचादिफले शुभाशुमे सरूपगाविभाजिते तथा । विधाय सत्कोठकमप्तकावली विधारणीये मुग्वकोष्ठ के ततः ॥१०॥ वद्राशिसं मदलादिकेषु वगैषु तस्साईमतो विधेयम् । शेपेषु कोप्ठेषु च पसु तज्ज्ञैः पंक्तिद्वयेऽपि धुचरस तस्य ॥११॥ Slokas 10-11. The total of the good and evil influ. ences due to the circumstance that the ti (Rası) and the other 6 Vargas occupied by a planet come under the categories of its exaltation sign, Moolatrikona, Swakshe. tra, Adhimitra, etc, mentioned in sloka 8, should be divided by 4 and set down separately in the front rows of two neat tables of 7 columns cach The heading of this row in each table as to be called गृह (Griha). And in cach of the remaining 6 rows with the several headings हरा (Hora), फाण (Drekkana) etc. in the 2 tables, set down hall of what is entered in the first row, taking care that the good and the cul results appear in their respect. se divisions. . The total good toflceace of the Sun as per siakas 8 and 9 utrass1437 and his eil influence is 2552. Each of these disa. ded by + give 359 and 60 respectively. These figures have ·68 श्रीपतिपद्धति [ Adh IV accordingly been entered under T (Griha) in the two statements गुभ पक्ता (Subha panktee and अशुभ पत्तो (Asubha panktee) Against the other 6 Vargas have been entered a half of these two figure , 179 and 320 Sim Jarly in the other cases THT (Subha panktee) Planets Venus o Saturn Rası 359 297 390 242 484 144 101 Hora 179 148 195 121 242 072 050 Drekkana 179 148 195 121 242 072 050 Saptamsa 179 148 195 121 242 072 050 Navamsa 179 148 195 12} 242 072 050 Dwadasamsa. 179 148 195 121 242 072 050 Trimsamsa 179 148 195 121 242 072 050 ayaq (Asubha panktee) Planets Sun Rasi 640 703 609 758 516 855 808 Hora 320 351 304 379 258 427 +49 Drekkana 320 351 304 379 253 427 449 Saptamsa 320 351 304 379 258 427 449 Navatnsa 320 351 304 379 258 427 449 Dwadasamc1 320 351 304 379 258 427 449 Crimcamsa 320 351 30+ 379 258 427 449 ·SI. 12.14] चतुर्थोऽध्यायः 69 राशीश्वरस्थापि फले तथैव खोचादिक सप्तगणप्रसूते । शुभाशुभारुये च तदीपयुत्या सन्ताड येदादिम कोष्ठकस्थे ॥१२॥ उमे फले पूर्वनिशिते ये कर्मक्रमः शेषगणेऽपि चैरम् । होरााटके स्पेश्वरजेः फलैस्तु पुनथ हन्यात्सफलानि तानि ॥१३॥ वर्गेशतत्स्थग्रहवीर्यपातमूलेन राश्यादिकरगंजानाम् । इत्थं चलानां भवति स्फुटत्वं शुभाशुभाना मुनिमम्मतं हि ॥१४॥ इति श्रीपतिविरचितायां जातकपद्धता. विष्टष्टाध्यायचतुर्थ Slokas 12, 13 and 14 Find also the total सतर्गगुमा- सुमपल (Saptavarga Subhasubha phala), as directed in slokas 8 and 9, of the lord of the house in which is the particular planet under consideration, and multiply therewith its शुभाशुभपर (Subhasubhaphala) set down in the first row of the table mentioned in slokas 10and II In regard to the results of the remaining six virgas in the 9 tables the same proces, is to be repeatcl in, of mul tiplying the result of cach Varga with the corresponding RAT (Saptı vargy) result of its lord. Cach of the seven vargi.products thus resulting under the tivo grand divi. sions of शुम (Subha) and भनुम (Asabha) should be further muluiplied by the squarc root of the product of the good or bad portions, as the case may be, of the entire strength of tho lord of the sarga concerned and the planet occu. pying it. It is in this way, a szy approved by the sages, that we can assisc at exactitude in the measurement of the good as well as cu il influences arising from a (Rası) and other o vargas Ti e Sun is occupie; Vesha Rasi a stan orded by Vars and 113schka Dradasamaa * Varem owned by the same planet pasitr* (Ishia Saptkass stage boala a3 ******* (hashta Sapthavargaji bals) of l{275 as per slekas 8 acd 9 are 1 552 and 6437 respectnely. infe statements inPEntra Thc The Sua's ·70 श्रीरतिपद्धतिः : [Adh. IV 3147*** (Sabbapanktee) and 34-TAITI (Asubhapanktec) are (1) 359 and 610 under Rast and (2) 179 and 320 under Dwadasamsa, vide statements in p. 68 The Sun's 74929HF3 (Subba Madhyam11 phala) and 147775 (asabha Madhyama phala) against Rası are therefore 1 562 X 359 or 560 and 2 437 X 640 or 1 559680. The correspondicg figures agaibst Dwadasamsa will be 1 562 179 or 279598 and 2 437 X 320 or 779340 respectively. He is in tbe Moon's T (Hora) HIs शुभमध्यमपल (Subba Madhyama phala) against Hora will be 1 187 X 179 212473. The corresponding 3T42493 (Asubba Madhyama phala) is 2812X 320=899840. The Sun is posited in bis own Drekkaoa and owa Saptamsa, The THX975 (Subha Madhyama phala) against each of these will be 1 437 x 179 or 257223 The corresponding अशुभमध्यमपल (Asu bha Madhya'na phala is 2 562 X 320 or 819910 His गुभमध्यमपल (Subha Madhyama phala) under Naramsa is 0968 X 179 173272 and the TTTF (Asubha Madhyama phala) will be 3031 x 320 - 969920. The THAIHET (Subba Madhyama phala) under Trimsamsa is 1937 x 179- 346723 and the 31 TTAF (Asubha Madh yama phala) is 2063 X 326 6501E0. The other entries should be Similarly worked out SLOKAS 12 13 9 R$%(Subhamadhyamaphala) Planets Venus Saturn Rasi 550 120 755 468 937 22+ 357 Hora 212 176 2ed 173 347 103 059 Drekkapa 257 OSS 30+ De Jupiter 189 468 103 097 វីដ ទី ទី ទី ទី | Moon 257 378 019 468 085 049 Saptamsa Navamsa Dwadasamsa 173 378 *019 378 103 097 280 143 079 234 468 069 097 Trimsamsa 317 286 30+ '049 378 139 629 1 Total 208609802 4781 211 3 444 10 826 10 565 ·Si. 14 ) saultseara: अशुभमध्यमफल (Asubhamadhyamaphala) Mare Mercury Venus Saturn Planets g Sun The Moon op het Jupiter Rasi 1 5602 525 1 26 1 564 1064 2084 2 191 987 779 971 900 06110941'263 Hora 741 924 2321091 '926 Drekkana 8010201 627 | 1 362 532 1 201 536 Saptamsa 820 1 201 .. *926 619 1094 627 | 1 362 Navamsa 970 1 201 782 532 1 294 "926 Dwadasamsa 780 10631092 619 Trimsamsa ... 660 724 741 1 36 881 | 1'536 6510 89025 863 8 3274 55987429304 Total .. (Sloka 14) Thus, in the statement F90T (Spashta-ubha) overleaf, tahe the case of the Sun. Against the row 'Rası' the aritu (Vargast. tba) and the aia (Vargesa) planets are the Supard Mars respectively, and their *27593s (Ishta Shadbalas) are 7933 and 2 744 (vide state. ment 10 F 63 supra), their corresponding me (Kashta) shadbalas being 0'811 and 4 012. V7933 X 2'744= 4 6645 VO 811 X4012= 1.8038 The TTE TT (Spasbtasubha) of the Sun will be '560 4'6645 or 2*61212, And the FTZ 35+ (Spashta Asubha) will be 1 560 X 1 8038 or 2'813928. The Sun's ETH (Spashta Subha) against Hora will be 77 933 x 3 713 *•212=5 4272x 212=1 1505664, the correepond. ng Tae v1 H (Spislita Asubha) being Vo 811x4.618 * •900= 1.8923 x 900=1.70352.

·42 sirgicala: Adb. IV RETH (Spashtasubha) Placets Sun Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn Rası 9 2 612 0 1031 2274 0'950 3'098/ 094641 0'116 Hora 1'150! 0 653 1305 O'S14 1*777 0'363 0 050 Drekkana 2039) O'205) 0'83+ 0'349 105491 0 363 01078 Saptamsa ..., 2'039 0 205 1'137 0024 1'5490.20510'016 Navamsa 0 543 0'205) 1'1370024 1138] 0 363 0'078 Dwadasamsa ... 1*306 307 0'058 0 475 1'5490 096 0'078 Trimsamsa 17771 I CO2 0834004+ 1'1381 0'316' 0'016 .. Total ... 11 471) 2*680 7 579 2 39011 793 2 170 09432 FTE WH (Spashta Asubha) Placets Sun Rasi 2814 10 128 4'7154856 3739 6241 8372 . Hora 1'7034'360 1401 1448 1'115 1'473 5'065 Dreh kapa 0*655 3'773) 2972) 3 065) 1869 1'473 3311 . Saptamsa 0 6651 37751 2358 +303! 1'869 37154382 Navainca 1'447 3773 2358 43032*3241 1'473 3311 Dwadasamsa .. 1'4071 370 +1722 423 1*869 3 2051 3'311 Trimsamsa 1114 2852 2972) 4'30 23242'4691 +382 Total 9815132 365 20'951 24 706 1510920 10932 134 ·Si. 14) egutseara: 73 The following table shows the square root of the products of the good as well as the evil porlions of the aita (Vargesa) and arfa (Vargasttha) plagets in the given example:- इष्ट (Ishta [वट (Kashta or good) or evil) The Sun X Mars +664 .. 1804 The Sun х the Moon 5427 1'893 The Sun х Mercury 3146 ... 1'492 The Sun X Jupiter 5 12: 1 688 The Sun X Venus 3 524 1317 The Moon X Mercury 2152 3481 The Moon X Jupiter 3 504 3 940 The Moon X Venus 2411 3143 The Moon X. Saturn 0859 401) Mars X Mercury 1 850 3318 Mars X Jupiter 3012 3 754 Mars X Venus 2073 2 995 Mars Saturn 0739 3821 ... Mercury x Jupiter 2031 3105 Mercury X Venus 1'398 2477 Mercury х Saturn 0498 38160 Jupiter X Venus 4 275 PE 2 803 Jupiter Х Saturn 0811 3 576 Venus X Saturn 0358 2*853 End of the Fourth Adhyaya. XT. , 10 ·74 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. V पञ्चमोऽध्यायः आयुर्ज्ञानादेव होराफलानां कर्तुं यस्मानिणयः शक्यतेऽत्र । आयुर्दायः सम्प्रदायागतोयं सच्छिष्याणां प्रीतये कथ्यतेऽतः ॥१ Adhyaya 5. Sloha 1. Since the affirmation of proof of the events to be predicted by means of astrology at a person's nativity is possible only upon a correct knowledge of the extent of his life, the method of ascertaining the allotted life.period is to be treated of in this chapter just as it has been received from immemorial tradition with a view to benefit the community of earnest students. In his work हजातक (Brihatyataka), वराहमिहिर (Varahamuhura) has stated that the effects described for the 12 Bhavas counted from the Lagna, for the 12 Rasis from Mesha, for planetary aspects and for all Yogas (ercepting -Nabhasa Yogas) will occur in the Dasa period of the planet concerned संज्ञाध्याये यस्य यहव्यमुक्तं कर्माजीवो यश्च यस्योपदिष्टः । भावस्थानालोकयोगोद्भवं यत्तत्तत्सर्व तस्य योज्यं दशायाम् ॥ Also ude VII--29 infra. And the Dasa periods of the several placets will be oply so many years, months, days, etc., as have been contributed by them for the आयुस् (Ayus) of the native. C. सारावली. आयुषो येन यहत्तं सा दशा सस्प कीर्तिता। This elplains why the author bas first treated of the methods of ascertaining the आयुर्दाय (Ayurdaya) of a person. Astrologers say that the आयुदाय (Ayurdaya) is cf two ktuds: (1) योग (Yogya) due to particular planetary yogas and (2) गणितागत (Gapitagata) arising from mathematical calculations. The forreer has got 4 sub-dus isions : 012, (1) fg (Rishtaja) (2) परम (Parama), (3) नियत (Niyatr) and (6) अमित (Amita), ·SI, 11 पजमोऽध्यायः 75 The following is an example of रिटज-- सिंहालिकुंभस्थित सेंहियो विलोकितः क्रूरखगैर्यदि स्यात् । वर्षाणि सप्तेव तदीयमायुः प्रकीर्तित जातकशास्त्रविनिः । The same has thus been described by Kniyada Varman. घटसिंहवृश्चिकोदयकृतस्थितिजीवितं हरति राहु.। पापनिरीक्ष्यमाणा सप्तमितनिश्चितं वः॥ मारावली-- A परमायुर्योग (Paramayuryoga) is given in the slok 2 quoted below from बृहज्जातक. अनिामेपरमांशके विलग्ने शशितनये गवि पसर्गलिप्ते । भवति हि परमायुपः प्रमाणं यदि सफला: सहिताः स्वतुगभेषु । This same yoga is thus described by Pre- मीने परमांशगते सौम्ये गवि पञ्चवर्गलिप्तस्थे । शेषैः परमोच्चगर्जातः परमायुरामोति ॥ AlsoC/. सारापली मोनोदयशे नवमे पञ्चविशतिलिप्तिके । गवि साम्ये स्वतुगट शेपैरायु. परं भवेत् ॥ The following is an example of Partaigh- लग्नाप्टमारीन्दुयुता न चेत्स्युः करा: स्वभस्था यदि खेचरौ द्वौ॥ बलान्नितावम्बरगौ भवेता जातः शतायु. कधितो मुनीन्दैः ।। The following is an example of अमितायु:- गुरुशशिसहित कुलीरलमे शशितनये भृगुजे च केन्द्रयाते । भरिपुसहजोपगैश्च शैषामितमिहायुरनुक्रमाद्विना स्यात् ॥ The same yoga is thus expressed n सारावली- कलिग्ने गुरु: सेन्दु: केन्द्रगो बुधभार्गवी। शैखिलाभपष्ठस्थैरमितायुर्भवेन्नरः ।। बध्यास्पदोदयविलग्नगती कुलीरे गीर्वाणनाथसचिवः सकलश्च चन्द्रः। जूके कवीन्दुतनयापपरे च लाभे दुश्रिक्यशत्रुभवनेप्वमिसं सदायुः ॥ Also केशवपद्धतिः- कौन्द्विग्ययुतोदये बुधसिती केन्देश्यीशेतरै- रायुर्विद्धयमितं हि योगजमिहान्यनोध्यतेथोम्मितम् ॥

·76 धीपतिपदतिः [Adh. v The ha (Yogaja) Ayus may with advantage de tbus looked Into in more detail from other works. गणितागतायुस् (Ganitagatayus) is classified under 5 heads: 1.. (1) अराज (Amaya), (2) पिण्डज (Pindaa), (8) नैमार्गक (Nausargika), (4) जीवश मोदित (Jeevaramodila) and (5) मिश्र (Misra). This last class has got 4 further subdivisions. There are thus 12 hinds of आयुदाय (Ayurdaya). Cf. also the folloring quotations from yt (Gunalara) on the subject. - भायुर्मुनीन्द्रद्विविधं प्रविष्ट योगोद्भवं वानियताख्यमेतत् । आचं चतुर्भेदविभिन्नमाहुरम्यत्तथा पञ्चभिरत्र भेदैः ॥ रिष्टं पर निश्तमत्र तथामितं च भेदा भवेयुरिति गोगप्तमुद्भवस्य । पैण्ड तयांशजनितं च निसर्गमन्यत् सप्ताशमिश्रमिति धानियतस्य भेदाः। पैण्ट रपेरंशभक विलमानसर्गिक शुभ्रकरस्य धीर्यात् । थदा प्रयोप्युग्मितविश्मा: स्युनदा मुरांश: परमायुप: स्यात् ॥ चन्द्रार्कयोवन्द्रविलग्नयोशनोनयोः सूर्यविभुदयानाम् । साम्ये बलानामिति मिथ्रभेदादायुर्भवेद्वादशवमत्र ॥ It is only this latter class, in गणिनागनायुर्शय (Gantagatayur. daya) consistipr of 8 divisions as above mentioned that has been treated of in this chapter by श्रीपत्याचार्य (Supatyacharya). The first sloka in the Text implies that it would be folly to calculate the phalas () of a horoscope before it is a certained what length of life the जातर (Jataka) has. एकोनदीधितिसमादिह गच्छतो यद्पादिरूपचयसङ्कलितद्वयं स्यात् । चेष्टेचश्मिजमध स्वमरीचिमक तज्ज्ञायतेन गुणकद्वितयं तदाख्यम् मतां निजदीधितिभ्यः श्रेढीफले ते यदि रश्मियुक्ते । तद्धिते खांशुभिरुद्धते ते तदातमूलं गुणकः स्फुटः स्यात् ॥३॥ Slokas 2 ani 3. The sums of two scries in Anith. metical Progression in which the first term is 1 and the Common Difference also 1, but the number of terms 1 less than the number of det (Cheshta) rays in the first and 1 less than the number of a (Uchcha) rays in the second

·SI, 2.3]
पचमोऽध्यायः
77
-these sums when divided by the numbers representing
the hgr (Choshta) and 3a (Uchcha) rays respectively will
give what are called argue (Cheshtagunaka) and JTIT
(Uchchagunaka) (I=multiplier), But if the sums of
the two scries should be found to be less than the number
of the rays, the rule for finding the Tork (Gunaka) is this:
Increase each sum by the number of the rays. Divide
half of this result by the number representing the rays.
The quotient is the qura (Gunaka) required. The square
root of the product of the dergut (Cheshtagunaka) and
the Jaqu* (Uchchagunaka) is termed the 2017 (Sphuta -
gunaka).
la chiese slokas the author has described the process for as.
certaining the heinate (Cheshtagupahal, Jayo9. (Uchchagunaka)
and the Egºk (Sphutagunaha) which are necessary for the wat
(Amsayurdaya).
The Sun's gaan (Uchcharasmı) = 6 742 Therefore the sum
of the Arithmetical Progression in question is
(5•742 X 6'742)-2=19.356282.
19.356282
The 57107 (Uchchagunaka)=
= 2.971.
6.742
Similarly the detyra (Cheshtagunaka) of the Sun is 2.158.
Therefore the dyzT+ (Sphutagunaka)= 7(2*871 2.158)=
2489.
This illustrates the general rule in sloha 2.
To take an instance in which the sum of an Arithmetical
Progression is less than the number of rays, take Saturn. His ja
(Uchcha) rays=1•264. The Sum of the Arithmetical Progression
in question="166848. This is less than his 59 (Uchcha) rays.
Therefore adding his (Uchcha) rays to the above sum and divi.
ding the result by 2, we have *715424. Dividing this by the
number representing his rays, vis., 1.264, we liave for Saturn's
CH(Uchchagupaka) 566.
Kesava Daivagaa's rule is simpler. It is this,-
ज्यल्पाश्चकिरणाः सरूपकिरणश्चेित्नयोध्वविभू
गोद्धं चैष्टिकतुङ्गसंभवगुणौ तदातमूलं स्फुटः ॥ १६ ॥

·78 श्रीपतिपद्धति (Adh. V When the oumber of rays falls short of 3, add 1, and take a fourth of the same to get the TF (Guraka) When the aumber exceeds 3, subtract 1 and take balf the result, that will be the गुणक (Gunaka) required. The Sun's उच्चरदिम (Uchcharasmi) 15-6742. This is greater than 3. The T** (Gunaha) therefore is 6742-1_5742 '32871 2 2 The SH (Uchchatasmi) of Saturn is 1 264. This is less than 3 Therefore the Tra (Guaaka) required is 1264+1 3.566. These results are identical with those shown above. Table showing the उचरदिम (Uchcharasrnt), धारशिम (Cheshta rasm) and स्पुर (Sphuta) Gunakas प्रदा रवि फुज युध शानि 128711191 J2001 1577 18912715 566 ৫ময় चहारदिमगुणा 2158 15541078312332/2397 *574 594 गुटगुणा" 2489 1360/12511172/1364/1248 579 वर्गोत्तमे स्वभरने स्वनाशके च स्वयंशके च गुणको द्वितयं निरुक्तम् । अध्यर्द्धरूपमधिमित्रगृहे सुहते सन्यंशकं ममगृहे खलु रूपमेकम् ॥ ४॥ व्यंगोनितं रिपुगृहेऽभ्यरिमे दलं सा- देभ्यो गुणो भवति यः खलु कश्चिदेकः । वेदोद्धृतः स भगुणो गणकैः प्रदिष्टः होरादिवर्गगुणकस्तु भरेचदर्द्धम् ॥५॥ Stolas 4-5. Two is the multiplier prescribed when a planct is in a 1a (Vargottama), in its own house, in ·S1.6.8] पञ्चमोऽध्यायः 79 its own नवाश (Navamsa) and in its own देशाण (Drekkana). The multiplier is 11 when the planet is in the house of an SUHA (Adhimitra) It is 1} when the planet is in the house of a मित्र (Mitra), 1 in the house of a सम (Sama) and in the house of a शनु (Satru) and in the house of an अधिशत्रु (Adhisatru). Any one of these multipliers divided by 4 is declared by astrologers to be the multiplier for the TFT (Rası) and of this, the multiplier for ETO (Hora) and other vargas. All the 4 positions, in, वर्गोत्तम (Vargottama), स्वभवन (Swar bhavana,) वनवाश (Swaravamsa) and म्प यश (Swatryamsa) are exemplified in the horoscope Mars is an वर्गोत्तम (Vargottama) as well as स्वभ्यश (Svatryamsa). Jupiter is in स्वभवन (Swabhavana) aswell as स्वद्रेकाण (Swadrekkana). The Sun Is In स्वद्रेकाण (Swadrek kana) or स्वन्यश (Swatryama). Therefore the राशिगुणा (Rasiguna kr) for each of these planets is ? or 3, and the गुणफ (Gunaka) for each of the other 6 Vargas is 1. एतेऽपि गुण्या गदिता महद्भिरपेक्षयानन्तरताडकानाम् । नगांशका रुद्रमिता ह्यधीराशी सुहृद्वेश्मनि मूर्छनाशाः ॥६॥ नवाश्विनो रूपमुदासराशौ कुद्वयंशका विश्वमिता द्विपढ़े। त्रयो नगांशा अधिशराशावेते भसंज्ञा निजराशिवर्जम् ॥ ७ ॥ वर्गोत्तमात्मीयनवांशहकस्थिते ग्रहे तु द्वितयं गुणथेत् । एतैरधीष्टादिगुणेनिहन्यादुदीरितं राशिगुणं पुनस्तम् ।।८।। Slokas 6-8 .The following are also Bhagunas (भगुण) or multipliers of the nia (Rası) and arc declared multi. plicands gut (Gunya) in respect to the multipliers to be mentioned later on These Bhagunas are din an अधिमित्र's (Adhimitra's) house, it in a wa's (Mitra's) house, I in a n's (Sama's) house, ji in a mi's (Satru's or an inimical) house and in that of an sia(Adhisatru). And in case of there being a multiplier 2 in consequence of a planet occupying one of the 4 positions (mentioned in

·80
श्रीपतिपदति
[ Adh. V
the beginning of sloka 4) other than its own राशि (Rast)
11, वर्गोत्तमाश (Vargottamamsa), its own नवाश (Navamsa)
and its द्रेष्काण (Drekkana), these Gunakas (गुणक) for अधिमित्र
( (Adhımıtra) etc, are to be multiplied into the vilagus
(Rasigunaka) derived from the aforesaid multiplier 2
Accord ng to these slokas the गाशगुणक (Rasigunaks) for the
Sun as well as Mara has to be multiplied by Jupiter is to his
own house and therefore comes under the exception (निजराशिवम्),
Table showing the factors of each planet as per slokas +-&.
---
राव
चद्र
कुज
बुध
शुक्र
रापिगुणक
३x.
31
होरागतरवगगुणक
1
।
1
Bfor स्वच्या
Haccording to slokas 5-8.
+ for मिरभन.
• As per sloha 4i or is the multiplier since Jupiter is in
his owo decanate. But since he also occupies his own house, be
comes under the exception and there is consequently no add tional
factor under slokas 6-8
It may be noted here that the factor -आश्रयगुणक (Asraya Gu
baka)-mentioned in sloka Il infra—is composed of three sub
factors, tin,
(1) that mentioned in slokas 4 and 5 abose, (2) any
additional factor that may be found possible under these, ...,
stokas 6-8 and (3) the Avantaratadakas (अनतरनाक) stated in
slokas9-10ntra
गृहादिके वर्गगणे स्वीये द्विको गुणस्त्र्यंशग्निजितः मः।
अर्धाष्टमे मित्रगृहे ननांशा विश्वे च रूपं च समय गेहे ॥९॥
नवांशकाः पञ्च पिरोधिराशी गुणांशकः स्यादधिपरिणो मे ।
पूर्व नपूर्ण गुणका' या उक्ता कर्मेषु नतामिह गुण्पतंजाणा
गुण्या गुणैः खैरधिकारलन्धरुक्तैर्गुणः सादधिमिश्रितस्तैः ।
स्मृतो युधेराश्रयमजितो यस्तस स्फटसापि वधो भवेद्यः ॥११॥

·Śl. 9-111] Aseara: 81 तद्वर्गमूलं खलु कर्मयोग्य आयुर्विधाने गुणकार उक्तः । Slokrs 9-111. When the tile (Rasi) or any of the other Vargas occupied by a planet happen to be its own, the Marait aic) (Anantara Tadaka) or the next mention ed multiplier is 2. It becomes in the house of an ma (Adhimitra), in the house of a fita (Mitra), 1 in the house of a # (Sama), 5 in the house of a 75 (Sat. ra) and } in the house of an stille (Adhisatru). The multipliers for the triat (Rasi) and other Vargas (mentioned already in slokas 4 and 5) are here [in respect to the Safat arats (Anantaratadakas)] treated as multiplicands. And these are to be multiplied into the several multipliers which they have got appropriately assigned to them by the rule enunciated in the preceding sloka. (Slokas 9 and 10). And the sum-total of these products has been declared by the wise as 3111749107# (Asrayagunaka). The square root of the product of this 37091a4tu* (Asrayaguna. ka) and the Equ* (Sphutagunaka)-vule slokas 2 & 3 is recognised as a factor employed in the operation for determining the life.period of a rai (Jataka). To give the reader a clearer insight into the several kinds of Gunakas treated in the first eleven slokas of this Chapter, I may agaid summarise here what the uthor has said till now even at the risk of being found fault with for a needless repetition. In slokas 2 & 3, the author his stated how the sath (Uchula Gunaka) and agg* (Cheshtagunaka) figures are derived, and that the TF295 (Sphuta Gunaka) is the squire rost of their product. In slodas 4 and 5, some factors for the several planets due to a consideration of their position in the 7 vargas --Rası, Hora, etc., are stated, In the next 3 slobas (6, 7 and 8) some sub-factors that may be found possible due to a planet happening to be in any one of the 3 positions-at (Vargottamı), 9 (Swatryımsa) and (Swanavamsa)--are mentionede 1,4, 11 ·82 sfigareta (Adh. V In slokas 9 and 10. some more multipliers or Apantaratadakas (35) are mentioned, and which have to be multiplied into the several factors already stated in slokas 4-5 and 6-8 The TT (Asrayagunaka) of a planet is the sum total of tbe seved such products obtained for the seren Varga positions. Let us now find the 37710 TT (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun in the gives example Planets Factor as per r actor as por Tactor as per combined slokas 4 & 5 slokas 6 & 8 slotas 9 & 10 Tactor 1 Rası ? Hora non ci Drekhapa } 2 1 Saptamsa whe z Navamsa 4 Dwadasımsa 1513 Trimsamsa I 1 090 The 31127* (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun will thus be the sum of SF+y's +1+*+&+15+1 or 3116=3 754 The #17790* (Karmayogya Gunaka)= VIIT*X3114497) = V(2 489 x 3 754)=3 056 Take the case of the Moon As per slokas 4–5, the factor for the Rası ist, bile it is $ for cacy of the Hora and other Vargas There are po factors for this planet under sickas 68 The Anintaratadakas under slohas 9-10 are 13/9 for Rasi 2 for Hora, 13/9 for each of the + Vargas - Drehlada, Saptamsa, Navamsa and Trimsama--and 5/3 for Dwadasamsa. The combiped factors for the Rasi and the other six Vargas are, in their order, if, ti, 31, 41, and !! The Moon's Asrayagunala sill therefore be the sum of the above, # , 2zł or 2055. Simularly, for the other plaats ·Sl. 9.11} ] TURISTO14: 83 Table showing the Anantharatadakas (TTTT) of Planets. Mercury Pianets Jupiter Venus Saturn Rası .. costat 2 Hora سجن 1 IDO S Nota Drekkapa 2 2 موی . arta 2 Saptamsa 2 Navamsa les .. 3 tota Dwadasamsa .. wa ata CAN Trimsamsa 1 2 1 . .. Table showing the 347TITET. (Anantharathadaka) * the Team (Guaya) (71727 (Rası) and Ed (Horadigunaha)] of the Planets Mercury) Planets Mars Sun Jupiter Saturn Venus Rast ... 1 met Hora ** 3 T'S Drekkana IM Saptams ... مدم .. HE Novams i . Dwadasamst is 18 3 ܬܐ . Trimsamsa ܝܝܟ $1 € Total 377? 1375 131 31 125 0. 30754 2: 055 392 3.920 1.8143'5631185 1633 Asrayagunaka ·84 sirgfargia [ Adh. V It is useful to gie here kesarz Dansagna's rule for finding the 1998 (Asrayagunala) as it serves to verify the results found. It is as folloss य स्वाधीष्टसुहृत्समायधिरिपोर्वगे धृतिश्चविरा विश्वाङ्केपु गुणा गृहे द्विगुणिता योग मात्त हरेत् । तद्धे षड्वसुगोंशुमदाताजनै पद्मश्च वर्गोत्तम- म्वाश यशगते सदा रसगुणे स्वादाश्रयाख्यो गुण ॥ १७ ॥ चेद्वोत्तमपूर्वगो यरिसुहरै तगृहासात् विपद् एन्थ्योनो युगरीष्टभेऽन्धिनवाप्या स्व समे केवल । कार्यरत्वाश्रयक स तरस्फुटहतेमूलं स योग्यो गुण ॥ 18,15 13, 9, 5 and 3 are the figures respectisely assigaed to a planet's position in a F (Swavarga) his own, in an aturan (Adhishtavarga-the house of a very friendly planet) in a rat (Sa hrudvarga-ip a friend s house), in 18471 (Samavarga-in a neutral's house), 10 7 *f (Satru Varga—1a 70 enem'y house) and in an erife TTT (Ahisatruvarga—in the house of a very inimical planet). The figure for a planet's position in a (Rası) should be doubled Add the figures in the 7 Vargas and divide the sum by 36, 43, 54, 72, 108 or 144 according as the ty (Rası) occupied by the planet is its own, or that of an safafire (Adhimitra), of a fay (Mitra), of a y (Sama), of a Ja (Satra) or of an 1994 (Adhisatru) But when the planet happens to be 19 a Urr (Vargottamamsa), in its own Ta1T (Navamsa) or ja its own 1970 (Drekkanı) the diviser is to be 36 invariably. The result is called the 37494 (Asrayaguna). The square root of the product of this 3|TOTT (Asrajagupaha) and the Go (Sphutagupaha) is the mayor (harmayogya gunaka And if nplanet occupying a वर्गोत्तमान (Vargottamamsa) वनवादश (Swanavamsa), or 4 (Swadresblana) is in & ou (Rasu) belonging to ao afat (Adhıcatru) or an afuft (Adbımıtra), the figure for the RT (Rası) is diminished in the one case and increas ed in the other by a 1/63rd part. if the house belongs to 20 enemy or friend, the decrease in the one case and increase in the other is a 1/94th part of the m (Rası) is its own or that of a (Sama), the figure remains unaltered.

·Si. 9.112] पञ्चमोऽध्यायः 85 To take the case of the Sun, the triar (Rası) occupied is that of an 1147 (Adhimitra). The figure for the T (Rası) is there fore 15 X 2=30. The ero (Hora) is the Moon's, an NTT (Adhi. mitra). Therefore the figure is 15. The (Drekkana) and ANIS (Saptamsal are the Sun's own. Therefore the figure in each case is 18. The 7914 (Navamsa) is owned by Mercury, a fi (Mitra). The figure is 13 The 711 (Dwadasamsa) is that of Mars, an afuar (Adhimitra). The figure for the same therefore 15 15. The Sun is in Jupiter's fair (Trimsamsa). Jupiter bereg now a 4 (Sama), the figure for the same is 9. The sum of the figures of the 7 Vargas is 30+15+18+18+13 +15+9=138. This has to be divided not by 48, the figure pres. cribed for an EAN (Adhimitra Rası), but by 36, because the planet is 10 its own sealt (Drekkana). Therefore the 37349075 (Asrayagunaka) is '*'* =31a, The Suo being in his own stor (Drekkana), and in an in CTN (Adhimitra Rası), the figure for the latter, viz, 30 has to be increased by is, so that the rectified 27124010674 (Asrayagunaka) is 375 +1=311's which is the same as what has been found by the author's method. The following table shows the process by which the same results have been arrived at according to Kesava Durvagna's rule गहा TET TTIET ATIT Som to bo added or subtracted 7 Divisor Total Rectified 4147997 * - Gunaka रवि . ** 30 15 18 18 13/15 91118 363147 261813 13 13 | 15 | 13 | 111 | 5+ 218 30 1518 1515 13 18124 36 3: 26 151 513131313 93 54 !111 36 9 18 16 15 15 15 1293G 3,1 26 31 9 315 S 6+54 1,1 18 9 5) 9 3 9 501 72 +39 311's 22. +135 11: 31's . गुग سا 5 Table showing the 79914T (Karmayogyagunaka) of the Planets, युथ 3056 1 67222141458 22101 2160694 ·86 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [ Adh. V ग्रहस्स लिप्ताः खखसिद्धमताः प्रोक्ताः कला शेपमिहायुपोज्न १२ Slokas 11 and 12. When the aggregate number of minutes denoting the position of a planet is divided by 2400, the remainder represents the Ayushkilas (आयुफल) or the portions of life required वेशवपद्धान खेटाना च तनोलंबा खयुगहृच्छेगा इहाशायुग ॥ १८ ॥ Convert the signs, degrees, etc, Indicating the positions of the planets and the Lagoa into degrees and divide the same by 40. The remainders represent the degrees for the असायुदर्शय (Armsayurdaya) Table gring the 31977 (Ayushkalas) of the Planets रवि बुध गुरु शुक्र शनि 1063*5 2690512273151205373 85016 84293 1675683 लग्नं ग्रहोने यदि पड़गृहेभ्यो हीनं तदानी हरसंभमः स्यात् । नैवाधिके तत्र खगोनलग्ने लिप्तीकृते राशिकलारिभक्ते ॥१३॥ आयुः कलानां स हरः स्फुटः स्याद्रूपाद्यदोनः सहरस्तदानाम् । रूपाद्विशुद्धो गुणफस्तु तासामेवं हि पापाचरोनलमे ॥१४॥ शुभानलग्ने तु हरो द्विनित आयुः कलाभ्यो हरलब्धलिप्ताः । विशोधनीया यदि रूपकोनो हरस्तदोनितरूपगुण्याः ॥१५॥ Slokas 13-15 Subtract the planet from the Lagna, If the difference is less taan 6 signs there may be a divisor possible. But if the Lagna minus the planet should exceed 6 signs there can be no divisor at all In the case in which a divisor is declared possible, reduce the Lagna menus the planet to minutes and divide this by the minutes contained in a ta (Ray). The quotient is the स्फुट (Sphuta) divisor of the Ayushkalas (भायुष्फल).

·SI 13.15 ) पञ्चमोऽध्यायः 87 When this quotient is less than 1, subtract it from a Rupa and make it a multiplier of the Ayushkalas. The working is to be thus when the planet subtracted from the Lagna is malefic When the planet is benefic, the divisor is to be doubled, and the Ayushhalas are to be divided by it, and the quotient which are minutes are to be subtracted from the same Ayushkalas. But if the divisior be less than unity, subtract half of it from a Rupa and with the difference multiply the Ayushkalas The #(Chal rardhahani) process is thus described by Kecava Darvagoa पड्भारपे सति खेचरोन उदयेऽस्याशोद्धवे साग्निभि- स्स्वकाल्पेऽस्य च खाग्निभाजितलवै सौम्पोनिते स्वर्द्धित.। ऊना भूर्गुण एकभे द्विवहुपु स्वेकस्य बह्रोजस Freitagiotar fagta3791AFIÉEiTaftca94 I 1801 Varabamıhıra says (in his IC 1177 Brihatjatal a, Chapter 7. Sloka 3, aiso 769177717 Jatakaparijata, Adhyaya 5. Sloka 9) that when malefic planets occupy the 12th, 11th, 10th, 9th, 8th and 7th houses from the Lagna, reduction in full, by ), by frd, by 2th, by Šth and by ttb should be made in the strezit (Ayurdaya) of the planets in the respective positions. This is to be halved in the cace of benefic plaets. This reduction is what is meant by ATACI (Chakrapatbardhahanı) 7 (Chakra) = zodiac 91714 (Pathardha)= the latter half, that is half measured in the direction of the 91 (Patha) or node, in a contrary direction from the Lagna, 1.c, Lagna, 12th, 11th 10th, etc., up to 7th ana (Han)=a reduction. virla's (Sripatı's) rule is a paraphrase of Varabamıhıra's. Lagna minus a planet will be less than 6 signs only when the planet is somewhere between the 7th and the 12th from the Lagna. The reductions recommended by the (Sripatı), if carefully ana. lysed, will be found to be identical with those enjoined by Varabamihita. Lagaa minus the Sun is 11 sigps 26°48'-16" which is greater than 6 sigas. There is therefore do the Ella (Chakrardbabanı) for the Sun The same remarh applies to Satura, ·88 श्रीपतिपद्धति [Adh. V Min/5 Lagta minus the lood is 3 sigos 0° 2' 7". This being less than 6 sigos, there sh-uld be fire (Chakrardhahanı). 3 sigos, 2 minutes, 7 seconds=54 2 116. Therefore the ET (Hara) or divisor is 5402 116. 53001. 1 809 As the Moon is benefic, the divisor has to be doubled and becomes therefore 6 007. Therefore, the rectiged aff-hel (Ayushkala) of the Moon according to the rule is the original 31 (Ayashkala) 1 of the same, or 269 65 X 833=224 618. 6 002 Lagna miinus Mars is O sigas 16° 38' 37". Therefore the dit isors 998 616 $ 55+ which is less than 1. Therefore T15 18 0 (Gunaka) is 445 Therefore the rectified T (Ayushkala) of Mats=2273 15 X 445=J011 551 We are pot wassapted up making the FIFT (Chakrardha hadi) 10 the case of Mercury because we have already made it 10 the case of Mars who is the stronger of the two placets ta air (Meera Rası), cide cloha 24, infra Lagna minus Jupiter is 13° 6' 45" which is less than 6 signs, and consequently there is Chakrardhahani The durasor 10 this case 1$ 7986 75--18004 437 Since Jupiter is benefic, the d visor has to be doubled and therefore becomes 8 874 The F (Sphuta) Ayushkalas for Jupiter is 85 016 1 (origtaal Ayushkalas) minus of the same, or 35 016X7 874 8 874 S 874 or 75 435 Lagna minus Venus= 0° 28' 50" Tlic dis isor 15 28 83-1800 = 0160 As this is less than unity and as Venus is benefic, the multiplier in this case is 1- 095 or .997. The tectified Ayush kalas of Venus will therefore be 842 93 x 992 or 836 18556. The following table sites the rectified or 2 (Sphula. yushlalas of the planets शनि 10635 224 618 1011 551 2053 73 75 435 36 156 1675633 ·SI. 16-17] पञ्चमोऽध्याय 89 एवं कार्या चक्रपातार्द्धहानिश्वायुये वंशजे पिण्डजेऽपि । नैसर्गाख्यो जीपशर्मोदिते च हारं कृत्वा लेककोनं गुणं च ॥१६॥ Sloka 16 In this way, re, employing a divisor and making the same a multiplier when it falls short of unitv, should the process called चक्राद्धहानि (Chakrardha. hani) be gone through in reckoning the (आयुर्दाय) Ayurdayas called भशन (Ansaja), पिण्डज (Pindaja), नैसगिक (Nausargika) as well as that mentioned by जीवशर्मन् (Jeevasarman). आयुर्लिप्ताः स्वगुणगुणिता व्योमशून्याश्चिमक्ताः ह्यब्दा मासा दिवसघटिकाः स्युर्मिनाड्यः क्रमेण । एवं सर्वद्यचरजनितं ह्यायुरानीय लमा दायुः साध्यं कथितविधिना किन्तु लग्ने विशेषः ॥१७॥ Sloha 17 Multiply the Ayushkalas, modified, wherever possible, by the चक्राहानि (Chakrardhahani) process, of each planet by its appropriate कर्मयोगगुगम (Karmayogya Gunaka mentioned in sloka 12) and divide them by 2.0 The result will be years months, days, ghatikas and vighatikas Find out in this way the आयुस् (Ayus) produced by all the planets and get according to the rules stated the H (Ayus) derived from the Lagna But there is this peculiarity in respect of the आयुस (Ayus) got from the Lagna केशवपद्धति - दायाशीस्थकला स्वयोग्यगुणकता सामनेनोद्धता भशायु[सदा समादि तु तनोयाशकास्या हता। दिग्मधाश्च समादि चेस्तु बलबलम तदा लमभ- स्तुल्यादै सहित विनिमशरभागादितो मासयुम् । The product of the rectified आयुधा (Ayushkala) and their appropriate iciragutk (harmayogyagunaka) when divided by 200 gises the years, months, days, etc This in the case of th-Sud is 31625 years. 10035x3056 200 था,प,12 ·90 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः : [ Adh. V mnander. लग्ने तु वीर्याम्यधिक भतुल्यैर्वर्युतं तस विधेयमायुः । भागादिकादप्यनुपातलब्धमामादिना संयुतमत्र कार्यम् ।। १८ ॥ Sloha 18. When the Lagna lias abundant strength (which will be the case when its strength exceeds 6 Rupas), the art (Ayus) derived from it must be increased by as many years as there are whole Rasis in the figures indicating the Lagna, followed by the months, days, etc., calculated proportionally to the degrees, minutes, etc., contained in the Lagna. The age (Ayus) for the Lagna is found in the following Reduce the signs, degrees, etc, to minutes. Divide it by 2400, 1.C., remove as many 2100's as are contained in it. The remainder is the gat (As ushhala) of the Lagoa. Divide the Typ: (Ayushkalas) by 200. The result will be the number of years given by the Lagna. In the horoscope in question, Lagnr is 0. 14°.31-46*. Therefore the arrest: (Ayushkalas)=871•76. The number of years, given by the Lagna=4:3588. Since Lagoa strong in the pre. sent case (its strength belog 9 133 Rupas vide po 56 supra), me 31' 46" should add to the age (Ayus) previously obtained of a year=4843 of a year. Therefore the aggregate number of years derived from the Lagra is 4.3583 plus 4843 or 4.813. Table showing the number of years given by each planet in the ryzia (Amsayurdaya). Sun 16 2502 Moon 1'8778 It may be interesting to note Mars 11'1978 here that the native actual. Mercury 14 9717 ly lived for sixty years, Jupiter *8335 eight months and sevca. Venus 5 3840 teen days. He died on Satura 3 8146 tbe 17th January 1914. Lagoa 48431 Total 60 8727 ~ 60 years, 10 months and 14'172 days. 30° ora ... . .. ...

·Sl. 19.21]
पचमोऽध्यायः
91
The total 9575 (Shadbala) of the Lagoa has been found to be
9-133 Rupas while the corresponding figures for the Sun and the
Mocn are9015 and 8.197 respectively: so that the Lagna is the
strongest. The अशायुदाय (Amayurdaya) given above is the most
appropriate for the horoscope taken for illustration. For exemple-
fying the other hinds of syzia (Ayurdaya) dealt with in the
succeed.cg slokas of this chapter let us for convenience use the
same horoscope.
नवेन्दयो वाणयमाः शरमा दिवाकराः पञ्चभुवः कुपक्षाः ।
नखाश्च भास्वत्प्रमुखग्रहाणां पिण्डाश्रयान्दा निजतुङ्गगानाम् ॥१९॥
Sloha 19. The aggregate number of पिण्डायुय (Pin.
dayurdaya) years assigned to the Sun and other planets
in their highest exaltation point are respectively 19, 25,
15, 12, 15, 21 and 20
Cr वृहजातक
मयययनमणिरथशक्तिपूवैदिवसकरादिपु वत्सरा. प्रदिष्टा. ।
नवतिथिविषयाश्विभूतरददशसहिता दशभिः स्वतुजभेपु॥
Also होरामकरन्द
नयतिथिशरदत्रा परदा दिश: स्युर्दशमिरिह समेता पिण्डवाणि सूर्यात् ।।
Also सारावरी
एकोनविंशतिर्भानो शशिनः पञ्चविंशति ।
तिथयः क्षितिपुत्रस्य द्वादशैव बुधस्य तु ॥
गुरो. पञ्चदशाब्दानि शुक्रस्याप्येकविशतिः।
विशती रविपुत्रस्य पिण्डायुः स्वोयमंस्थिते. ॥
Also केशवपद्धति
गौजास्तरवतिथिप्रभाकरतिधिस्वगा नखाः पैण्डजे ॥
The figures given for the several plaets in this slaka are also
helpful to find out the approximate sacome or salıry of a person.
निजीचशुद्धः खचरो विशोध्यो भमण्डलात्पभवनोनकश्वेत् ।
यथास्थितः पड्भवनाधिकथेत् कलीकृतः संगुणितो निजाब्दैः ॥२०॥
तत्र खाभरमचन्द्रलोचनैरुद्धृते सति यदाप्यते फलम् ।
वर्षमामदिननाडिकादिकं तद्धि पिण्डमयमायुरुच्यते ॥ २१ ॥

·92 sirgfarzla: [ Adh. V > Slohas 20-21. Subtract the figures of a planet from those denoting its highest exaltation point. If the result is less than 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. But if the exaltation point minus the planet should exceed 6 signs, beep it as it is; reducing the same to minutes, multiply this by the planet's years. Devide the product by 21,600.. The quotient represented by years, months, days, etc, is called the foresiga (Pındayus) of the planet. Subtracting the figures for the Son, ns, 0-17-13.30 from bis highest exaltation point 0-10 0-0, we get 11-22-16-30 which is greater than 6 signs and go should be hept as it is. Reducing the same to minutes we get 21136.5 The 341 34 (Ayus) contributed by the Sun therefore is 211315 x 19 or 18.5923 years. Similarly 21600 for other planets. To find the income or salary. Find the lord of the 10th house or planet in the 10 house (or that planet which is near or approaching the Meridiao). The figure indicated by the said planet gives the approximate income In the given example, the Moon is in the 10th house and is stronger than the lord of that house. His quota of Ayus 16 years is 698595 x 25 or 1794648. The native's income must therefore approximate 171 or 175 or 1750 as the case may be The following table represents the forzysia (Pipdayordaya) due to the several significators prior to making the prescribed reductions - Years The Sun 185923 The Moon 17.4648 Mars 12 6425 Mercury 603076 Jupiter 8.8992 Veous Saturn 10.4404 The Ayus for the Lagna in the fourtyzia (Pitdagurdaya) should be derived in the same way as in the surgiu (Amsayur. daya) vrde sloka 35. The Lagna is 014-31-46. Therefore the 4. BO. ... ... .. . 20 0055 ...

·93 पञ्चमोऽध्यायः : Si, 20.21) 67 (Ayushkalas) are 871.76 Dividing this by 200, we get the Ayus of the Lagna to be 4.3588 years. Since the Lagna is strong we have to add to this result 4.3583 years (vide sloka 35). The total number of years derived from the Lagaa will therefore be 8.7176. But iaras (Diwakara Daivagna) 10 his commentary on the 24th sloka of the maa (Kesavapaddhatı) quotes approv. ingly the following reading of the 35th slokr.- ergqcadàcqaclash jagra trata paleiga sa i भक्त द्विशत्या फलमब्दपूर्व यत् स्वादिलमायुपि तच योज्यम् ॥ and explains अबलाढ्यलग्ने as अवले बलाढ्ये वा लमे.e, in a Lagna whether weak or strong. And लग्नायुषि he explains as importing लग्नायुनिीमत्तम्, 11., for the Ayus of the Lagna The sloka with the above reading as interpreted by falat (Diwakara Daivagna) would therefore mean “In these three Ayurdayas, 213., qquziazia (Pındayurdaya), निसर्गायुर्दाय (Nisargayurdaya) and जीवशीयुर्दाय (Jeevasarmayurdaya), omit the signs and take only the degrees, etc., in the Lagna , then reduce these to minutes and divide the same by 200. The result. ing quotient will represent the number of years due to the Lagnayus." According to this luterpretation, Lagnay us works only to 4.3583 years And farries (Diwahara Daivagna) adds that the interpretation is largely accepted, Let us now consider the several reductions enjoined. Forst the Tangga (Chakrapatardhahani). It has already been shown that the Sun and Saturn are not liable to this reduction as Lagoa mus each of these planets exceeds 6 sigos. The my (Gunakas) for Tesla (Chakrardhahanı) in the case of llars, Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus are to be determiced on the same way as uvas done in the areata (Amsayurdaya), ride cate to stohas 13, 14 and 15 supra These ITFT. (Gloalas) are 43 f5 Mars, .833 for the Moon, 661 for Mercury, 1837 for at .992 for Venus. Mercury being in the same house at is more powerful, does oot suffer Thakeng (Chalradio sloka 24, infra.

·94 sirgizia: [ Adh. V 10 11 01 $1 The following table represents the firzeziz (Pindayurdaya) due to the several sigaficators after the Tea (Chakrardhahani) is made The Sun 19 5933 years Jupiter 7 8936 years The Moon 14 5481 Venus 19 8455 Mars 56259 Saturn 10 4404 Mercury 6 3076 Lagna 4.3538 देशवपति- स्वोच्चोनोधचरोङ्गभाल्ममधिको माहोल्पकोनम तद्भागा ॥ व्यंशकं हरति शत्रुमे ग्रहः स्वायुषोऽत्र न तु वक्रचारगः । सूर्यलुप्तकिरणोड़हारकः प्रोज्झ्य भार्ग-दिनेशनन्दनौ ॥ २२ ।। Smoka 22 A planet loses } of its fesyu when it is In the house of a natural enemy. But this does not happen when the planet is in its retrograde motion, When it is eclipsed by the Sun, it loses of its eye (Ayus). Venus and Saturn are to be erempted from the operation of this last rula Io the example horoscope it will be noted that Saturn must suffer a reduction by a third of its Ayus for its position 10 a house owned by bis natural enemy There is no nella (Astangatahani) as Venus and Saturn whicb are the only two planets liable to this reduction in the horc scope have both been erempted from the operation of this rule. The word 92707 In the tert is jpterpreted by some as reler Tiog to Mars But this is not accepted by the majority. Cf. वचार विना यश शत्रुराशौ हरेद्ग्रह A planet is said to be eclipsed a heo he disappears within a particular 1umut from the Sun his light being then overpowered by that of the Sun This limt in the case of the several plagets is as follows The Moon when matbın 120 from the Sun. Mars whep within 17° Mercury when witbio 14" ·S1.23.21] पञ्चमोऽध्यायः 95 " " " but when retrograde 12° from the Sun Jupiter when within 11° Veous when withra 10° but when retrograde 8° Saturn when within 15° खेचरो जायते योद्धव्यंशयारपहारकः । आयुपः स हरेदई त्र्यंशं शुक्रशनैश्वरौ ।। २३ ॥ Sloha 23. When a planet being eclipsed by the Sun in the house of its natural eneny is liable to lose 3 as well as of its .lyurdaya, if suffers the loss of half the आयुस (Ayus) only. Venus and Saturn in this position withhold a third of their respective Ayus. This sloka is taken from the 477511th Cr. also गग. . ध्रुवाय हानिः कर्तव्या ततोऽन्यासु बहुवपि । प्राप्ताकैय कर्ता या स्यात्तासु महत्तरा। Also केशवपद्धति ...धचरोरिभे यदि गुणाशोना विना गम् । च्याप्ता अस्तमिते विना शनिसितो हानिद्वयेनाधि:- कायोपिद्धनिमर्गजीवगदिते चार्द्धशानिर्भवेत् ॥२१॥ चक्रार्द्धहानी बहुपु द्वयोर्या खेचारिणोरेकगृहस्थयोस्तु । सत्याभिधानस मतेन सत्यं खांशं हरत्येव बलोत्कटो यः ॥२४॥ Sloka 21 When two or more planets happen to be in one and the same Rass and the process of चाहानि (Chakrardhahani) has to be gone through in respect of all of them, it is enough if the reduction is effected for the planet which has predominant strengh, The views of Anari (Satyacharya) on this point are quite correct. C.जानरपारिजात एकापगतानां यो भवति यलाधिको विशेषण। क्षपयति तथोक्तमशंसं एवं नान्योऽपि तनस्थः ।

·95 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः (Adh, V When several planets are in one house, only one planet that is pre eminently strong and no other causes the loss of Agurdaya portion in the way described (1 c, in the Chakrardhabanı process). हरयुतिर्विहृता ग्रहसंख्यया स हि हरोऽपचयश्च ततः फलम् । अधिकवीर्यनतोऽम्बरचारिणो निगदतीति मुनिः किल देवलः ॥२५॥ Slola25 The sage (Devala) expressly lays down this rule-Add the several divisors of the planets that may be in one that and divide the sum by the number of the planets. The quotient will be the eyaz (Sphuta) divisor Divide the Ayushkalas (arg-) of the predominant planet by this divisor and male the reduc. tion enjoined in sloha 15. According to the sage देवल's (Devala's) new expressed in this sloka, the divisors of Mars and Mercury who are in the 12th भाव (bhava) sbculd be added and the result divided by 2. The रफुट (Sphuta) divisor will thus bst (554 Plus •338) or •416. The गुणक (Gunaka) will then be 554. लिप्तीभूतैर्लग्नभागनिहन्यादायुयं खेचराणां पृथक्स्थम् । व्योमाकाशविन्दुपक्षैर्भजेत् तत् स्वायुर्दायाच्छोध्यमब्दादिलब्धम् ।। एतरकरे लग्नगे सौम्यदृष्टे तसादायात्तत्फलाद्धं पिशोध्यम् । एतद्दायेनांशसंज्ञे विधेयं पिण्डायुकर्म नेसर्गिकेऽपि ॥ २७ ॥ Slokas 26 27. Convert the degrees and portions thereof in the Lagna to minutes (the number representing integral signs being left out); and multiply hereifth the streera (Ayurdaya) of the planets separately. Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient representing years, ctc., found for each planet must be subtracted from its भायुदाय [Ayurdaya) This reduction is enlaured when a malefic planet occupies the Lagna. But if the malefic planet be aspected by a benefic one only half the result obtained by the above process for each planet is to be ·97 Si. 26-27] पञ्चमोऽध्यायः subtracted from its higgia (Ayurdaya). This reduction does not apply to the targiu (Amsayurdaya). The process in the farthrygia (Naisargıkayurdaya) is also the same as in the fquergeia (Pindayurdaya), केशवपद्धतिः- दायांशाधुसदा पृथक्तनुलवादिताः सपयुद्धता । आप्त्योनास्तनुगे खले च यदि सदृष्टेईयाथापरे ॥ निध्न्य प्रोदयभायजेन तनुगोग्रौ चेद्वलिष्टस्य त. रसाम्ये पुष्टफलेन नेति तनुपस्मिनांशजेसौ किया ॥ २२ ॥ The farer (Pindayurdaya) years already given in the notes to slokas 19--21 supra must be subjected to a further reduction, viz., UITGETUT on account of the rising of the malefics, vz., the Sun and Saturn. And as these significators are at the same time favourably aspected by the Moon and Jupiter, the years in question should be diminished by 87176 xor 02017 21600 of their raft (Ayardaya) Thus the reduced Ayus due to the Sun is '97932 x 18 5923 or 18 2173 years. The following table represents the ſtrengira (Pindayurdaya) due to the several significators after mahing all the pecessary reductions:--- 18 2173 The Sun years. 14'2547 The Moon Mars 54529 6°180+ Mercury 77349 Jupiter 19'4455 Venus Saturn 6'820 Lagoa 4'2712 11 11 11 Total ... 82 3772 years. #.9. 13

·98
श्रीपतिपद्धतिः
[Adh. V
नखाः शशी द्वो नवकं धृतिश्च कृतिः खयाणा रविपूर्वकाणाम् ।
इत्थं निरुक्ता क्रमशो ग्रहाणां नैसर्गिके ह्यायुपि वर्षसंख्या ॥ २८ ॥
Sloka28. 20, 1, 2, 9, 18, 20 and 50 are the
number of years prescribed respectively for the Sun and
other planets in the नैसर्गिकायुय (Nausargikayurdaya).
होरामकरन्द
भूरिन्दोद्वितय कुजस्य शरदो नन्दाविदो विशतिः
शुनस्थानयमो गुरोतिरिनस्याके खबाणाः क्रमात् ।
देवरदिता निसर्गजनिता एता दशास्तत्फले
तेषामेव दशासु तत्समयजा कुर्वन्ति पुष्टं फलम् ॥
सारावली.
विशतिरके द्वितय नव अतिरिह विशतिश्च पञ्चाशत् ।
वाणामपि संरयाः सूर्यादीना निसर्गभवाः ।।
पेशवपद्धति
मैसमें नखभूद्विगो एतिनसाः पचाशदर्कागुणाः ।
दायांना स्वगुणहता हि भागणांशाप्त्या समाधायुपी
स्वर्गाताव समादियाममहत्स्वार्धटीवन्वितम् ॥ २३ ॥
The following table represents the farigi (Nisargayur Jaya)
due to the several sigoificators after making all the necessary
reductions:
Significators
Years
The Sun
191765
The Dioon
0.5702
Mars
0.7295
Mercury
46352
Jupiter
93219
Venus
185206
Satura
170510
Lagoa
4.2707
...
...
...
...
...
...
Total
4..
74.2756
अंशोद्भवं लमबलात्प्रसाध्यमायुश्च पिण्डोद्भवमवीर्यात् ।
नर्गिक चन्द्रपलाधिकत्वे घमस्त्रयाणामय वीर्यसाम्ये ॥ २९ ॥

·99 पञ्चमोऽध्यायः Sl. 30.31 ] Sloha 29. sinryzia (Amsayu daya) is to be calcu. lated upon the predominance of the strength of the Lagna ; पिण्डायुदाय (Pindayardaya) upon the Sun's super. lority in strength and नैसर्गिकायुदीय (Vaisargikayurday) when the Moon's power is strongest. देशवपद्धति अंशायुश्च तनाविनोधिकबले पैण्ड निसर्ग विधौ । Also सारातली अशोद्भव विलग्नापैण्डं भानोनिसर्गज चन्द्रात् । एतेषां यो बलवानेकतमं तस्य चिन्तयेदायु ॥ अंशोद्भवं लग्नवलेन हन्यात् पिण्डाख्यमायुश्च वलेन भानोः । नैसर्गिकं चन्द्रमसो वलेन सर्वाण्यथै कत्र निधापयेत ॥३०॥ पिलग्नतिग्मांशुहिमयुतीनां हरेगलैक्पेन ततो यदाप्तम् । वपद्यमायुस्तदिदं स्फुटं स्वाच्छ्रीनीलकण्ठादय एवमूचुः ॥३१॥ Slokas 30-31 But when the three are of cqual strength, multiply the अशायुर्दाय (Amsayurdaya) by the strength of the Lagna, froeryzia (Pindayardıya) by that of the Sun, नैसर्गिशयुदाय (Naisargikayurdaya) by that of the Moon and make a sum of the products Divide this by the sum of the strengths of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. The quotient in years, months, etc, will be the rectified आयुस (Ayus). The illustrious नीलकण्ठ (Neela. kunta) and other cminent authorities have declared to this cffect. पेशवपरनि स्थावस्तुल्यपलं द्वयोयुतिदल ततायुगेश्वरः । ध्याणि ग्रिपरनिहत्य च युतिवयिस्यहवा निजा- युयुत्या त्रिलवोध जैवमुदित घेदीनयीर्यास्त्रयः ॥ २५ ॥ Also मारापती एप्रदिवारचन्द्रासयोऽपि यसरिक्ततां यदायान्ति । परमायुग म्परांश ददति सगा जीवशोगम् ॥

·100 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [ Adh. V महालुगिपद्धति यदा त्रयाणामपि वीर्यसाम्य येपो द्वयोः स्याद्यदि वार्यसाम्यम् । तदा तदायुः स्ववलेन निप्तमेकीकृतं यदलयोगभक्तम् ।। पृथक् पृथक् व्योमसदा तदायुः श्रीनीलकण्टादय आहुरेवं । यदायुरैक्यं ग्रहसंख्ययाप्तं तच्ट्रीधराचार्यमतं निरक्तम् ।। Also दामादरपद्धति एमाकंचन्द्रा यदि धीर्ययुक्तास्तदा विलमस्य बलेन हन्यात् ।। अंशायुरर्कस्य बलेन पैण्डं नैसर्गिक चान्द्रमसो बलेन । सावण्यंथेकन विधाय तानि बलैक्मभक्कानि समानिकं यत् ॥ फलं च मिनायुरिदं द्वयोर्वा बलैक्यतो चोभयवीर्य साम्यैः । श्रीजीवशर्मा मतिमान्यथैवम् ॥ रमदल (Lagnabala) multiplied by the years obtained through the अशायुदाय (Amsayurdaya) method is 9133x 60*8727 or 555*9503691 मूर्यवल (Sooryabala) multiplied by the years obtained through the पिण्टायुर्दाय (Pinday urdaya) method is 9015x82-3772 or742.6304580 चन्द्रवल (Chandrabala) multiplied by the years obtained through the निमगीयुर्दाय (Nisargayurdaya) method is 8.197x74.2756or 608.8370932 The sum of the above three products 1s 1907 4179203. The sum of the strengths of the Lagny, the Sun and the Moon 1926:345. The rectified आयुम् (Nyus according to नीलकण्ट' (Neelakanta's) 1907.4179203 or 72 4015 years 26*345 लगसूर्यशशिनो बलशून्याः स्युर्यदात्र परमायुरगांशम् । सर्व एव खचरा ददतीदं जीवशर्मगदितं हि तदायुः ॥३२॥ Slola 39. When the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are devoid of strength (ic, when their strength is less than 3 Rupas), each of the planets gives the भायुम् (Ayus) mentioned by जीवशर्मन् (Jeevasarman) which at its maxi. IS ·SI. 33.34] पजमोऽध्यायः 7002- 101 mum is įth of the maximum life period, 122, 120 years and 5 days बृहज्जातक स्वमतेन किलाह जीवशर्मा प्रहदाय परमायुष म्यराशम् ॥ By the words 41977 (Sammathenn), Varahamıhıra merns that jeevasırman of the Bengal School) stands alone unsupported so far as bis method of Ayurdaya is concerned. A planet is said to be neak when its strength is less than 3 Rupas. . Cf.दामोदरपद्धति रूपनयाल्प क्लि पट्यलैक्य भवद्धिलग्नस्य रागस्य यस्य । स्वस्वामिना नो सहितो न दृष्टा स हीनयीय कथितो मुनीन्द्र। Also पेशवपद्धति स्यालिप्सा सनखोद्धता विमतनावपीदि पैण्डास्यिके एनायुनिसिलनदशरमम कैश्विद्भतुरन स्मृतम् । यस्पेशोधियलम्तदेव हि परम्नेनाट्यमन्ययद- शायुपय घासतुरपमसिलोन ब्राह्ममयादिमम् ॥ २४ ॥ ज्यल्प दोनयली यली पदधिो वाया ग्रहश्वोपयो भिन्न स्वम्पमते स्मृतायुरिति परप्राईव्यवस्थापितम् । मायुयंदुसमत मवति यत्सत्य घ सत्योदितम् ॥ ग्रहः खोचहीनः स चेत् पड्भहीनो- मचनाद्विशो योऽध भागीकृतोऽमी । पुदर्तनागैहतो वेदखा- मिक्तो दिनाचं भरत्येवमायुः ॥ ३३ ॥ अहोम्यः खरामैहतेभ्योऽय मामाः पनरेश तेम्पो भयुम्नदान्दाः । मचाहान्यादिकोन्यो विधिर्यः म पिण्डोद्भवं यदुक्तम्तथर ।।३४ Shas33-34 Vhon a planet subtrncted from its crultation portion is less than 6 signs, it is to be subtrict. ed from 12 signs. The result is to be reduced to deances ind multiplied by 8641 and the product divided by sot The result will le the आयुग (Ayus) m days, ghatiths, etc.

·108 श्रीपतिपद्धति Adh VI The following table represents the residual strengths of the several planets computed in accordan e mith this sloka ( Ishta is plus and Kashta is muus) Planets uns Rası 41780-817610317/03780052101683860 Hora +089000831-01591018710026-3034-2+30 Drekkana +0890-0088| 0 1590 187] 006-2084-2430 10890-0088019/0187/0076-2054-2430 Saptamsa Navamsa +0890-9088-3159-01871006-3054-9430 Dwadasamsa +0890-90880591-0 1870026-3031/0430 Trimsam, 2 +08900088/-015913187006-2084/-0430 Calso थाराचाय गृहादिका (७) वासरया रूपयुनार्द्धिता तदा। रिष्टाधीशयल भात भङ्गनाथबल च यत् ।। स्थाद्राश्यारय तथान्या वर्गाणां तदर बलम् । राश्यादिवगनाथाना बलैराहत्य तलम् ।। सर्व धर्गबल तन् स्याद्रित द्रानाथयो । भादिवर्गपतिवीर्यमङ्गणं जायते बलमरिष्टकारिणः । रिटभङ्गुरपि सप्तरर्गजं तद्धि सर्ववलसंयुतिस्तयोः ॥३॥ Slola 3 When the strength of the rigt (Rishta kara) planet entered in the Rasi and other vargz columns of the सप्तयग (Saptararga) table (as directed in the preceding sloka) is multiplied into the total पडयल (Shnd bala) of the lords of those respective virgas, its totality IS ascertained The strength of the रिष्ट मकर (Rishta Bhangalara) planet entered in the anat (Saptavargı)

·SI. 4)
पष्टोऽध्यायः :
109
table should be similarly manipulated to get its whole
amount.
Tbe Sun's strength due to Rası is 1.780 and to Hora and the
other Vargas 890 each. The lord of the Rası cccupied by the
Sun is Mars and his 4* (Shadbala) is 7-731. Consequently the
product of 1'78) and 7.731 should be entered against the visas
(Rassvarga). As the Sub is in the Wocn's Hosa, the product of
*890 and 8.197 should be entered against the glui (Horavarga)
The Sun is in his own dom (Drekkapa) and hence 890 X9 015
shculd be entered against the qoymai (Drekkana Varga). As be
is in his own Art (Saptamsa), the same product will have to be
entered over again against this Varga. He is no Mercury's 77217
(Navamsa). The product to be entered against this Varga is
therefore •890 X 6'209. He occupies the 7310 (Drivadasaınsa) of
Mars. Hence the puinber to be entered against this Varga will
be 890 X 7.731. As the Sun occtipies the 777 (Trimsamsa) of
Jupiter, we have to enter against this Varga •899 8 613.
The subjoined table shows the goza (Vargabrlas of the
several planets calculated in accordance with this slola.
Planets
Sun
Moon
Mercury
Mars
Jupiter
Venus
Satura
Rasi
+13761-3-676-2736- 32211 449-1.299 - 6648
Hora + 7-953-721-1.433 16855:234-0.757 - 3'524
Drekkara
8023-7,656-1.229-1445-9:224 -0.757 - 3703
Saptımsa
+ 802: -3656 - 3:369 0718-3.224 -0.68€ - 3.207
Navams
+ 5 526-9656 -1.369,- 0718-2019-0-757 - 3703
Dwadasamsa + 6'880-0-546-5*611-1610-3-224-0-521- 3703
Trimsamsa
+ 7'665-3758-1.229'- 0718-0·224-0723- 3'507
Total
*57*173,-4669-3-976-10'116–1•779-5-502-27 695
शुभाशुभत्यं च हिताहितत्वं तुगादिनीचास्तसमाश्रयत्वम् ।
रिटेशभङ्गेश्वरयोविचिन्त्यं समानवगैपु समानवर्गान् ॥ ४॥

·114 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VIR सप्तमोऽध्यायः अन्तर्दशाप्रभृतिभेदयतीपु यस्मात् नूनं दशासु निखिलासु शरीरभाजाम् । व्यक्तिः शुभाशुभपिमिश्रफलस्स सम्य- तस्माद्दशाक्रमविधानमथाभिदध्मः ॥१॥ Adhyaya 7. Sloka 1 Since it is an assured fact that all living creatures have the reward of their previous Karma (**) good, bad or mixed clearly revealed to them throughout the several Dasas (periods of planetary influence of which ile is composed) with their divisions and sub divisions such as (अन्तदंशा) Antardasa, (विदशा) Vidasi, and (उपदशा) Upadasa, we now proceed to set forth the rule for determining the order of the Dasa periods This chapter deals with the different 'Dasas'-.c.the main periods of influence of each successive planet in a man's life. Within each one of these main periods, however, it is possible that a man experiences diferent vicissitudes. The chapter, ac cordingly, deals also with the sub-divisioos (Astardasas, Vidasas and Upadasas) 10 which these vicissitudes occur. While the 791714 (Dasanatba), the principal planet governing the Daen las a cederal sofluence over the abole reri d of his Dusa, there is the possibility of a diferent planet having & subsidiary pluence over the subdis iston of which he is the master. The calculation of these sub-divisions and the order to which they occur are also dealt with in tlus Adhyaja. पाकं द्वादशधा वदन्ति यवना दिग्भेदभिन्नं तथा माणित्याः खलु चादरायणमुनिस्तं चाटधा प्रोक्तवान् । पड्मेदं खलु सिद्धमेनापियुधस्तं देवलायाः भेदेरब्धिमितेदारधिपणः श्रीविष्णुगुप्तत्रिभिः ॥२॥ पुनः ·SI. 2.6] सप्तमोऽध्यायः 115 : : पाकं द्विमेदं मुनिराह सत्यस्तच्छास्त्रदृष्टया कथयाम्यशेषम् । नैसर्गिकः स्यात्प्रथमोऽन भेदो दशाक्रमाख्यश्च भवेद्वितीयः ॥३॥ अन्तर्दशाख्यः कथितस्तृतीयः प्रोक्तश्चतुर्थों विदशाभिधानः । यो राशिसंज्ञः खलु पञ्चमोऽत्र पष्ठस्तथा भावफलाख्यभेदः॥४॥ योगाभिधः स्वादिह सप्तमोऽपि सादष्टमो दृष्टिफलाभिधानः । प्रोक्तोऽष्टवर्गो नवमो मुनीन्द्रोरादिवर्गो दशमो ग्रहाणाम् ॥५॥ प्रत्यब्दमासानिशाफलैः स्यादेकादशो भोजनमैथुनायैः । सद्वादशः सत्वशरीरधातुस्वरूप मेदैः कथितोऽत्र वज्जैः ॥ ६॥ Slokas 2-6. The Yavanacharyas treat of the ripen. ing of actions (पाक.Paka) in previous births in 12 forms. The followers of APORU (Manıttha) speak of the same as having 10 varieties. The sage arstroot (Badarayana) has recognised it in8 divisions. The eminent सिद्धसेन (Siddha. sena) declares the varieties thereof to be 6. देवल (Devala) and others say that there are 4 kinds of the पाक (Paka). The sagacious racoya (Vishnugupta) gives 3 varieties of the same; सत्यमुनि (Satyamuni) says it ts of 2 kinds. I shall treat of the whole subject from the view.point of the foregoing authorities. The first of the 12 different forms under which the 476 (Paka) is treated is called नैसर्गिक (Naisargika), based evidently on the निसर्गायुदाय (Nisargayurdaya), The second is styled दशाक्रम (Dasa. trama) i.e, the order of the Dasas or periods of planet. ary influence. The third is that styled Antardasas (अन्तर्दशा) which are the subdivisions of the Dasas. The fourth is the order of Vidasas (az) which are sub. divisions of the art (Antardasa). The fifth is called the mat (Rasi) which treats of the effects of being born with the Lagna or the Moon in the several Rasis. The sixth is that sphich treats of the effects of the presence of ·116 धीपतिपद्धति Adh VII planets in the sercral Bhuvas The seventh is what treats of the Yogis, 7 €, peculiar planetary positions and conjunctions The eighth is the one styled Eiens (Drishti phala), the effect of planetary aspect upon the lord of the Dasa The mnth is declared to be the अष्टकवर्ग (4shtahavarga) by the sages The tenth relates to the effects due to planets occupying the city (Hors) and other Vargas The cletenth is the one in which the effects of the setting in of each year, month dry and night upon a नातक Jataka is given in detail The twelfth is that in which according to those conversant with the subject, a persons food, sexual enjoyment, etc , nre ds scribed as being deterınıned by his mental and physical characteristics (1) The first mode is tie aarTaxi (Nuistrgihadis.) The years assigned to each planet under this held my liere ha set out for farılty of referene Years Sears The Moon Jupiter 18 Mars The Sun 20 Mercury 9 Catura Venus ..20 lagna गृहजार एक द्वी नव विशतिप्रतिकृती पवारादेवा मा. धन्दारेन्दुशुम नीवदिनकृद्दवाकरीगां समा । स्व में पुष्टपल निप्तगानित पतिर्दशाया प्रमा. दन्ते रममा गुमेति यवना नेष्यन्ति वित्तथा ॥ दोरामररर भूरि-दोदितय वनस्य शारदो नन्दाविदो विशात शुषस्यानयमो गुरोशेरिनस्सा पवारा प्रमात् । देवादिता निसर्ग जानता ता दशामाल पामेर दशसु त समपना कुर्वन्ति पुर पलम् ॥ 1 2 . .. 50 ·117 सप्तमोऽध्यायः Si. 2-6] Also ATITI चन्द्रावने यसोमजमितजीवदिवाकराकिहोराणाम् । ! क्रमशो दशापरिग्रह इष्टो नैसर्गिकचेन ॥ (2) The second mode is the 2017 (Dasakrama) described in stoka & infra. (3) The third is the 3raial (Antardas 1) described in slokas 15 and 15 infra. (4) The fourth is the fat (Vidusa) and 347 (Upadasa) described in sloha 17 11fra. (5) The fifth is the so-called ma (referred to in slokas 39-54 of Jatakaparıjatı Adhyaya VIII ; Brihat Jataha XVII, XVIII and XIX, Phaladeepiha, IX. (6) The sixth is the 176 (Bhavaphala) described in slokas 56-99 of Jatahaparijata Adhyaya VIII; Brihatjataka, XX. (7) The seventh mode is concerned with the Ycgas such as दिन्यादिग्रहयोग (Dwitryadigraha yogas), रानयोगा (Rajayeg's), पञ्चमहापुरप (Panchamahapurusha) and other yogas, Tich (Chandra) yogas and 2179 (Nabhasa) yogas (vrde Jatahaparijata VII and VIII. 1-38; Brihatjataka XI, XII, XIII and XIV, Phaladeepika VI and VII). The last, viz., the Nabhasa yogas, have their effect on the native for the whole of his life irrespective of the Dasa periods through which he passes. Cf.बृहजातक इति निगदिता योगाः सादं फलैरिह नामसा नियतफलदाश्चिन्या ह्येते समस्तदशास्वपि ॥ (8) The eighth mode is the site (Drishtiphala) or the effects due to the aspects received by the lord of the Dasa (vide Jataka. parijata Adhyaya VIII, slokas 46-47). (9) The ninth is the BEATRI (Ashtahavarga Dasa) referred. to 10 Jatakaparijita X-46-50 ; Phaladeepika XXIV-27-33. (10) The tenth is on the effects due to the Fant (Shadvarga) positions of planets, i. c., their location is a Hora, Drekhana and Cf. Jarakaparijata IX-110 112 ; Brihat Jataka XIX-4.9. (11) The eleventh is detailed in Jitakaparijata Adhyayı IX, slokas 10-39. SO 00.

·118 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VII (12) The twelfth is a httle peculiar and relates to the discovery of the specific CUTTE (Dasavipala) fron a consideration of the moods and modes then manifesting themselves in the native. The ralokale of the method is briefly set out thus by AT&T (Varahamthira) in Brthatjataka, Adhyaya VRIL-21-22. छायां महाभूतकृतां च सर्वेऽभिटान्ति स्वदशामवाप्य । वधग्निवारयम्बाजान् गुणाश्च नासायहरवक्शवगानुमेयान् ॥ शुभफर ददशायां ताहगवान्तरारमा बहुमनयति पुंसां सौख्यमयोगर्म च । कधितफल विपास्तकर्तमानां परिणमति फरोक्ति, स्वप्नचिन्तास्ववीय:॥ All planets when they attain their Dasas exhibit to the native their respective characteristics due to the elements, earth, water, fire, art and ether, which can be recognised by the nose, tongue, sight, shinandears. During the auspicious Dasa period of a planet, maa's inaer soul assumes a bedefic character and leads him to attaia much happiness and wealth. By means of the effects described above for the several Dasa periods, one can easily conjecture the tide of esents a man may have at any particular period as a result of the effects of the Dası ruling at the time When planets are void of strength, the effects though attenuated make themselves felt at least in dreamy reveries. And Bhattotpala ad-quately explains it in his commentary on these verses. The complexions due to the preponderance of cach of the Mahabhutas in man at a given time form the subject of verses 89-93 of chapter LIVIII of Varahamihira's वृहत्महिना (Bri hat Samhita) and they are givea below for facility of reference. छाया शुभाशुभफलानि निवेदयन्ती लक्ष्या मनुष्यपशुपक्षि लक्षगः। तेजोगुणान् बहिरपि प्रविकाशयन्ती दीपप्रभास्फटिकरघटस्थितेव ॥ निग्धद्विजत्वदनखरोमकेशा छाया सुगन्धा च महीसमुरथा । तुष्टयर्थलामाभ्युदयाकरोति धर्मस्य चाहन्यहनि प्रवृद्धिम् ।। निग्धा सिता च हरिता नयनाभिरामा सौभाग्यमार्दवसुखाभ्युदयान् करोति । साधसिद्धिनननी जननीव चाप्या छाया फलं तनुभृतां शुभमाददाति ॥ चण्डा पृप्या पद्महेमाशिवणी युक्त तेजोविक्रमै सप्रतापः। आग्नेयोति प्राणिनां स्याउजयाय क्षिप्र सिद्धिं याग्छितार्थस्य धत्ते ॥

·119
सप्तमोऽध्यायः
S1.71
मलिनपरुपकृष्णा पापगन्धानिलोत्था जनयनि वधवन्धं व्याध्यनर्थार्थनाशम् ।
स्फटिकसदृशरूपा भाग्ययुक्ताऽत्युदारा निधिरिव गगनोत्था श्रेयसा स्वच्छवर्णा ॥
"Complexion in man, aīlmals and birds is detected by persons
learned in the matter and 10dicate both good and evil and is like a
lamp placed within a crystal vessel throwing its light on the
subject around."
The complexion discernible 10 shining teeth, shin, nails, and
hairs of the body and of the head will be attended with good smell
of it be caused by the element of earth. It will make the person
happy, rich, prosperous and virtuous.'
"The complexion which is glossy white, clear green and
agreeable to look at is caused by the element of water, it will
make all creatures possessing it happy and successful in all their
attempts and will produce sealth, comfort, luxury and prosperity
The complexion which indicates fear and is unbearable and
of the color of the lotus, gold or fire and which also indicates
strength, power and valour is caused by the element of fire and it
soon brings success to the person and enables him to gain his
desired object."
"The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and of bad
odour is caused by the element of air
It will cause to the person
death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss of wealth
The
complexion which is of the color of the crystal, noble, clear and
indicating sealth and generosity is caused by the element of ether
It will give a person all that he desires
These Mahabhutas are presided over by the several planets
and thus stand in a definite relation to them.
Consequentiy, it is
possible from the complexion of the native to infer the ruling
Vahabhuta and from that the Tula (Dasapati) who sways the
pative in the form of that Mahabbuta. This is essence is the
whole process of the 12th mode and the rest is a mere matter of
detail. cf. in this behalf verse 30 post, as to how to relate a
af973 (Dasavipaka) to the strength of the TT (Dasamu)
its effects upon the native
प्रायस्तदन्तः पतितास्तु मर्व दशादिकानां तु दशाः प्रभेदाः ।
तेनोदिता नैन पृथक् पृथक्ते दशाक्रमं संप्रति कौपानः ॥७॥

·120
श्रीपतिपद्धतिः
[Adh. VII
Sloka 7 The varieties of Dasa under the heads of
10, 5, 6, 4, 3, 2 according to the authorities above named
are not separately treated because they are mostly
included in the 12 divisions we have given. We shall
therefore proceed to give the ER (Dasahrama) or the
order of the planetary periods
पनि (Sripati) here says that he need not stop to consider the
tenfold mode of judging a horoscope advocated by free (Vantta),
nor the modes adopted by other authors as all such will be found
embraced by the twelve fold mode prescribed by Yayanacharya.
He accordingly proceeds to investigate the दसाक्रम (Dasakrama)
which is the second sub division under the twelve fold mode.
The reader may here be reminded the Dasas connected
with the ददातम (Dasanrama) are sometimes distinguished into ten
sorts with reference to the manner in which they will act on the
character and destiny of the native. The names of the ten sorts
are 1. अत्युत्तमा (Atyuttamz) 2. मपूई (Sampurns) 3. आरोहिणी (Arohini)
4 मध्या (Madhya) 5. अवरोहिणी (Asarohini) 6. रिता (Rikta) 7. अनिश्पला
(ANIshraphala)मिश्रपरा (iisrxphaln) 9. अधमा (Adhama) 10. अयधमा
(Atyadhama)
This classification is of value for purposes of characterising
the specific quality of a given D15a 10 its potencies for good or evil.
But Varabamıhıra recognises only eight sorts, as he omits (1) ani
(10) of the above classtlication.
C/गृहनातक
सम्यग्मलिन स्वतुगभागे सपूर्णा यस्वर्जितस्य रिक्ता।
नीचाशगतस्य शत्रुभागे ज्ञेयानिष्टपला दशा प्रसूती ।
भ्रष्टम्य तुझादयरोहिमक्षा मध्या भरमा मुहृदुशभागे।
आरोहिणी निमपरिघुनस्य नीचारिभाशयमा भवे सा॥
नीचारिभाशे समयस्थितस शस्ने गृहे मिश्राला प्रदिष्टा ।
सज्ञानुरूपागि पनि।
Also केशवपद्धति-
यस्यायुयंदसौ दशास्य च शुर्भटोसम्बभाशे तथा-
रोही नाचरिच्युतस्य यति मा परिनीघाशभे।
सनी ववरोहिणी भवतिमा मध्योचमिग्रम्बमां-
को
सयुतपुरकावलि एधिक स्वाभा ॥ २९ ॥

·पूर्या दशातिवहिन स्वदशेऽन्यदः माम्ये भवध शारदा प्रथमोदितस। 121 SI.81 सप्तमोऽध्यायः लग्नादित्योडुपानामधिकवलवतः स्याद्दशाद्या ततोऽन्या तत्केन्द्रादिस्थितानामिह बहुपु पुनर्वीर्यतो वीर्यसाम्ये । बह्वायुर्वपदातुः प्रथममिनवशेनोदितस्थाब्दसाम्ये बमश्चातो दशादिक्रमविधिमधुना शिष्यबोधप्रसिद्धयै ॥ ८॥ Slokas Of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, whichever is strongest will have its Dasa first. Then will come the Dasa of the planets in its Kendra and other positions. When several occupy together any one of these positions, the precedence will be given to thic planet which predominates in strength When they happen to be of equal strength, that which gives a longer period, in years, of आयुर्दाय (1yurdaya) will have its turn first. When there is cquality cven in regard to the num. ber of years of the आयुर्दाय (Ayurdaya) of the planets, that which rises first after being eclipsed by the Sun gets its Dasa prior to its fellows. And in view to enable the pupils to thoroughly comprehend this, we now give the rules for working out the processes by which the order of prccedence among the ses cral planets in regard to the Dasa should be established. C.तानक उदयरविशशाङ्कप्राणिकेन्द्रादिसंस्था. प्रथमवयसि मध्येऽन्ये च दद्यु. फलानि । नहि न फलविपाकः केन्द्रसस्थाद्यभाचे भवति हि फाल्पक्ति पूर्वमापोक्किम.पि । भायुः कृतं येन हि यादेव करप्या दशा सा प्रलस्य पूर्वम् । साम्ये बहूना बहुवर्षदम्य तेया घ साम्ये प्रथमोदितस्य ॥ मारावरी होरादिनेशशशिनां प्रयलो भवेयमरकण्टकादिशु गता. कथिता दर्शशाः। हानाशीतरश्मीना यो वरी तम्य पाप्रतः। सस्केन्द्रादिस्थितानां च दशाः स्युः सत्यमापिते । सी.प, 16 ·122 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VII NRY ॥ लग्नाशीतरश्माना यदि पूर्णवर भवेत् । तदा सस्यमतं श्रेष्ठमन्यदा स्वपरा दशा ॥ होरामबरन्द घिर ग्नान्दूना भत्रति परिन, प्रागिह दशा तत केन्द्र स्थस्याथ च फणपरस्थस्य चरिन । मवेत्यश्वादापोकिमगृहगतस्याय न यदा स्थिता कविलेन्दे भवति हि तदापोक्किमयानु.॥ येन येन ग्रहेणायुर्यहत्त सस्फुट हि तन। तस्यैव सा दशा ज्ञेया परदासु दशासु ते तमादी बरसम्मन्ने बलसाम्ये फराधिकः । समानारदशत्वे पि यचेनारप्रथमोदितः ॥ केशवपद्धतिः-- स्थादाद्या हि दशाधिोरस इहाहाकान्तकानां ततः तत्केन्द्रादियुजामथ द्विबहवो वीर्यक्रमेणैव हि । वेदोज. समतायुपोधिस्तयायुस्तुल्यता चेहशा मौदयात्स्वादुदितकमारक्रमविधौ धीयं हि तत्रोच्यते ॥ ३० ॥ Whichever among the three siguificators, trans the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, is the strongest, has its Disa first il all or any two of the three be of equal strength, then that which has the longer आपुदीय (Ayurday:) will have its Dasa hrst But if all or any tro of the three should be possessed of equal strength and edual lengestly, then the Dasa of that which isapternor in the order of precedence (to wit, the Lagoa, then the Sun and then the Nocn) would coine oft first. Thus among the threc, 113, the Lagoa, the Sun and the Moon, of both the streogth and the longe. vity of the Ligor and the Sun or of the Lagna and the Moon be similar, then the Dasa of the Lagna alone will come oft first by Teason of the Lagoa beios anterior in the order of precedence in either case. Similarly, if both the strength and the longevity of the Snr and the Moor happer to be simmar, the Sur's DASE I come off first. The student should therefore note the order of precedeoce laid dowa by si (Sripati), i53., ERILAITTAA. And this order is accepted by most authors. C/.also the expression अजानकाना Dbesloka cted above from केशवपन.

·123 सप्तमोऽध्यायः : Si. 8 ] Also: On, गर्ग:-बली लपार्कचन्द्राणां दशामायां प्रयराते । i तस्मात्ततः प्रयच्छन्ति केन्द्रादिस्था: क्रमेण तु ॥ वृहज्जातक:-उदयरविशशाङ्कप्राणि केन्द्रादिसंस्थाः। लघुजातक:-लग्नाकंशशाङ्कानाम् । श्रीनाभेयपद्धतिः-लग्नार्कशीतरदमीनाम् । सारावली-लग्नार्कशीतरश्मानाम् । I होरादिनेशशशिनाम् । होरामकरन्दा-विलग्नार्केन्दूनाम् । When the first Dasa is thus arrived at, the next Dasa will be that of the planet occupying a Kendra with respect to the ruler of the first Dasa. Now if two or more planets should be situated in such a position, then the Dasa of the strongest of the lot would lead off: then would follow that of the planet next in strength and so But if such planets should be possessed of equal strength, then the one that has a longer algia (lyurdaya) would have his Dasa prevail earlier. If, in the above case, the agria (Ayurdaya) again should turn out to be equal, then the planet which would first become visible after its conjunction with the Sun would role the earlier Dasa But Yavaneswari's rule is not so liard and last when he says: क्योधिको य: प्रथमोदितो वा मह स पूर्व: पठितो दशेशः । If such planets should however chance to have equal strength, equrl longevity and equil rising after their conjunction with the Sun, then that planet which is anterior in the general order of precedence among the significators would rule the Dasa in question, and this general order of precedence is usually taken to be (1) the Lagna, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon, (4) Mars, (5) Mercury, (6) Jupiter, (7) Venus and (8) Saturn. As an example, let us suppose the Moon to be the strongest sigoificator ja a horoscope, and the Lagna, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter to be in Kendra positions with respect to the Moon and both the respective stregth and loagevity of each of these four Rendra occupants to be quite the same out of the question to think of ao apparition after a solar conjunction in regard to the Lagna and the Sun, the TEA (Dasakrama) As it will be completely ·124 धीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VIL But if 10 this supposed case will be first the Lagna Dasa (?s the Lagna is anterior to the Sun in the general order of precedeore) and then the Dasa of the Sun of the remaining two significators Virs and Jupiter, whichever will be the first to become vis ble after its con junction with the Sun w Il rule the third Das2 and so on these two should have a si nultaneo s apparition after a solar Conjunction, then, Mars nould rule the third Dası ind Jupiter the fourth in the general order of precedence पूर्व विलमस दशा यदा स्यात् भानं तदा खेचरतो विशोध्य । शेपं तु भाषान्तरभागखण्डात् संशोध्य वीर्येण ततो निहन्यात् ॥९॥ भावान्तरांशा विभाजितं तत् पाकक्रमे वीर्यमुदाहरन्ति । भाषाद्विशुद्धेऽपि हि खेचरेन्द्रे प्रारबद्धलं पारुविधी प्रमाध्यम् ॥१०॥ केन्द्रादिगानां घुसदां चलानि तद्वत्प्रसाध्यान्यधिकं हि यस्य । खचारिणस्तस्य दशाग्रतः स्यादन्तर्दशा वा विदशाहया वा ॥ ११॥ Slolas 9 11 When the Lagna has its Dası first, (which will be in an niyzia (Amsayurday 2)), thc process of determining the order of Dasas of the scvcr11 planets is as follows find out the difference between the planct and the Bhnyi which it occupics Tule the excess over this of half the difference between the Bhun occu. pied by the planet and the next preceding or succeeding one, whichever is nearest to the planet, divide this excess by half the difference brtween the 2 Bhavis talen The quotient is to be multiplied by the,पड्बल (Shndball) of the planet This result must be obtained in the case of every planet occupymg the Kendrı ind other positions Whichever planet is found to have the highest strength will have priority over the rest in regard to a D157, Antardasa or Vidasa The illustrative horoscope isacse of अशागय (Amsay urdaya), aod so has for its first Das the 8 (Lagoa Dus).

·125 सप्तमोऽध्यायः Si. 9.11 ) . Rupas To find the FA (Dasakrima) we proceed thus The Sun's longitude is 0° 17° 43' 30" The longitude of the 1st Bhava is 0 14° 31' 45 Difference C3' 11' 44" ...A The difference between the Ist Bhiva and the 2nd Bhava is 0° 27° 43' 28. Half of this is 0 13° 51' 44" B. The excess of Boser A is Os 10° 40' 0. The THT (Dasakramabalı) of the Sun is therefore 10° 40' 0 X9 015 or 6 936. 13° 5144 This result will be found to be identical with that obtained by multiplying the Sun's Snadbala with his F? (Bhavaphala) --vidc Pages 13 14 supra क्शवपद्धति- चेलमाघदशा म्यभावजफरौजासि पाकामे ॥ Toe following table shons the Dasal rimbalzs (771781) of the several planets in the same horoscope Rupas The Sun 6 3361 Jupiter 3 329? The Moon 4 7469 Venus 7.2002 0 2420 Saturn 0 1283 Mercury 1 6013 Of the planets in the Kendras, it will be seen that Venus possesses the gratest strength So his Drsa comes out as the second Then comes that of the Sun. Th- Moon's Dası follows next and Saturn's will be the 5th. There are plancts in the Succedent (Ft Pappbara) houses. Then of the three plapets in the Cadent (In Apoklımı) houses, Jupiter will rule the 6th Dasa Mercury the 7th and Vars, the 8th and last. The sequence and time measure of the several Disas in the horoscope may be tabulated as under - 1. Lagni Dasa 2. Suhra D157 3. Ravi Dist 4. Chandra Dası 5. Sapi Dasa d.. Mars 4 8431 years 5 0840 yeurs 16 2502 years 1 3778 years S 8145 years ·126 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः : [Adh. VII .. .. 6. Gurd Dasa 7. Budba Dasa 8 Kuja Daca The same sequence will apply to Anturdasas and Vidasis as tvel), 0*8335 years 14.9717 years 11.1978 years .. To determine the time-m-asure of the Antardısas under a Dasa, we proceed thus Let us take the case of the first Dasz in the example horoscope, 11... the it (Lagan Dasa). Its period is 4813 1 years. There are three planets, 71, the Sun, Veaus an) Saturn in the house occupied by the TNA (Dasapatı), and each of these three will therefore rule for half tine measure of the TR (Lagaantardasa) de sloka 15 infra Jupiter occupies 1 Taikona position with respect to the IT (Disanatha), 1 cythe Lagna and so his apalas (Antardısa) will be a third of the 780-71 (Laguantardasa). The Moon is in the 8th house and lus pakar (Antardasa) will therefore be fourth of the 7717131 (Lagnantardası) The BIRTITI (Lagnadaca) has thus to be distributed among the Antirdasavathas (TAT) in the proportion - Lagna, Veous, the Sun, the Atoon, Saturn and Jupiter 1 3 1 12 6 6 4 IVe therefore have for the Ye'irs (1) Lagnantardas: 4x4'8311 or 1.5707 (2) Sukrantarda 5.2 ' * 4.8341 or 0°735+ (3) Ravynntardast 85 * 4'8341 or 0°785+ (4) Chandrantard157 1" X 4 8341 or 0.3927 (5) Sıyantard141 ' X4 3341 or 0765+ (6) Gursantardast 1 X 4 3341 or 0 5235 to or بیا 6 Total .. + 8431 The followipg 15 ancther reading of slola 11- सर्वस्य नाकासदो बलानि तवसमा पान्यधिक हि यस्य । सुचारिणतस्य दशाममा स्यादनदेशा वा विदशाद्धया या ॥

·127 सप्तमोऽध्यायः Si. 12-14] . आधा दशा चेत्सवितुर्विधोर्वा तदा वलं संस्कृतमेव तस्य । वेदोद्धतं राशिवलं तदर्द्धमन्येषु वर्गेषु पुनर्विधेयम् ।। १२ ॥ स्ववर्गपानां गुणयरलैस्तु यथाक्रमं वर्गवलं तदाहुः । प्राक् पाकनाथग्रहयोग्रहाणां स्याद्यावतां साम्यमथेह तेभ्यः ॥१३ परस्परं वर्गबलं विशोध्यं दशाक्रमे तलमाहुरार्याः । यस्याधिक वीर्यमिहावशिष्टं वाच्या दशा वाऽन्तरजा च यस्य ।। Sohas 12-14. If the first Dasa belongs to the Sun (as in the case of the ſquiggio Pindayurdaya), or to the Moon (as in the case of the intarirezia.Nisargayurdaya), then the process of determining the order of Dasas of the remaining planets and the Lagna is as follows The rectified Shadbala of each one of these divided by 4 is to be entered in its first ai (Varga), viz Rası and a half of what is entered in the Rası is to be set down in each of the remaining Vargas. Thc entries in the 7 Vargas should be multiplied cach into the Shadbala of its res. pective lord What is obtained in this way is called वगंग्ल (Vargabila). When tivo or more ainong the planets and the Lagna compete for priority because of their possessing equality of strength in some of the Vargas, their Vargaba las should bu mutually compared and a balance obtained by subtracting the less from the greater. This will help in determining the order of the Dasas of the plancts. That planct such lias the largest balance of strength will have precedence in regard to the main Dasa as well as its subsidiary portions, लघुपद्धति चेचन्द्रो सयलस्तदा प्रहरलं दैविभत्त भये- दाशी तहरमन्यवर्गनिहत वर्गेश्वराणा वलैः। हन्यान्मूलमतम्ततोननिसि चैकन सपीढये- देव यस रागस वीर्यमधिक तस्यादिमाद्या दशा॥

·128 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः Adh. Vit सूर्यश्चे सबरस्तुदा नु शशिवत्साध्यं ग्रहाणां बरम ॥ केशवपद्धतिः- कॅन्दोश्चत्प्रयमा खगोदययलाधिन्यवर्गतिः। म्वैवंगेशवहता बलमिहक्यं मूटितैक्यं परे । The loroscope illustrated on pige 251 cf Jatahaparijata and which s reproduced below for facility of reference is availed of 10 the subpended tables which are framed in accordance with the precepts laid down here n Planets Sigis Degrees Minutes Seconds Total The dyus The Ayus before after reduction reduction (Remake Sun 255 Rupas 30 18.154 Years 17 786 Years 17 766 Moon 2335 2+ 7 289 22 263 14*842 ΜΙιτς 3 26 7 354 7665 5'209 Mercury 013 10 43 7 550 6939 4 626 Jupiter 6 +3 23 5.675 10 386 4 60+ Jupiter is retrograde Venus 18 15 50 7719 16 259 14'606 Saturn 0 17 59 3S 5053 10 111 6740 Lagna 7 15 47 4737 +737 2+ | 7 345 32 Total 1011 11 4 12 1 96 149 73 150 Aloon Merc. Sat Sun Venus Vecus Jupiter Mars Moon Mars Merc. Rasi Chairs Navanns3 Chakra Son Lagga Jup. Lagna Saturn ·129 सप्तमोऽध्यायः Sl. 14] Planets 1836120381822|183811887|141919301263 Rast .. 09181019/091110919/0944:0710/096510631 Hora ... Drekkana ... 0918/1019/0911/0919/0944/07101096510631 ... ___ Saptamsa ..0918|1019/0911/0919/0944/07101096510631 091811019/09111091910944107101096510631 Navamsa 091811019/091110919/09441071010965/0631 Dwadasama 09151019/0911509190914107101096510631 Trimsamsa .. Table showing the lords of the several Vargas. Lagna Mercury Saturn Mocn Mars Jupiter Venus Sun Planets 1कु 4च 8कु 5र 12 गु 5र Rasi Hora Drekkapa Saptainst Navainsa Dwadasamsa Trimsamsa 2शु 127 4च 1कु 57 5र 5र 2शु कु12 गु 5र ४।।श 3बु 1011211श 3बु। १ कु। 6 2010द 010 गु 7 शु 3बु 5र +च 3d 7शु 17शु शु12 गु 5211 39 4 60 8कु १४ 2शु 112गु Table showing the Vargabalas of the planets. I'ancis Lagna . .. 7865 5221 7442 9253 1350215731-10315-133971387710253|14:571 Rası 7427 7607 7493 7428 Hlors 7455 578917031 4590 7607 5360 66715221 Drekkana 5212 74195145 6850 7435 7493 Saptima 4603] 6933 45m Nasama 6751 4603 461376Ssol5477 54791 4761 7127 763,517316735 578914876 Dwadasimsa. 7 036 4613 Trimsamsa 5212 78651 4603 4643 53605477 729513593 Totat ...1527335923343453/490355513/44066154143/36621 5140 ... श्री. प. 17 ·130 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः | Adh. VII To find the HF (Dasahrama) in this case, se proceed thus: Beiog the strongest significator is the horoscope, the Sun rules the first Dasz. Now, in order to determine how the planets are situated with respect to the Suo, we must prepare a fresh WTF AT (Bhavachakram) for the Sun. This should only be done by takiog the Sup's longitode as the Ascendant and determining the other Bhalas on the lipes laid down in the first Adhyaya. We shall therefore first find out the fourth Bhara by takiog the 357 (Unpata) in the present case as balf the leagth of the night and fix up the rest in order The longitude of the Sun is 32' .925. Half the length of the night of birth is 14gh 19 vigh. and the Ayanamsa IS 21".780 Adding this yapamsa to the above longitude we get 544.705 which is the tropical longitude of the Sud, The portion of Vrishabha yet to rise is 59.295. The time tahep for this to nse to Laaka (Equator) is 5.295 30 --x+ sh 598 vigh.=0.880 sh. And the time for Mithunn an? Kalaha lo rise la Lazha is 10-727 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 12 Signs 2 1 3 4 6 7 8 8 2 .. 10 0 Degrees wo 13 27 2427 2 O 27 21 0 Alcates 55 1931 19 19 7ss 32 19 . 2 Seconds 30 23 16 9 16 23 30 1 -3 16 S 16 23 2 से H म म स H म 122334 | 45 366778591910 10 11 | 11 12 (171 2 3 4 $ . 9 6 7 9 10 .. 0 Sigos Degrees 16 13 10 10 13 16 16 13 10 10 16 autos 31 43 $$ $$ 4331 31 1 13 55 $$ 43 Seconds 10 12 13 20 27 27 / 20 12 12 20 ghalakas Total of these times is 11.637 gh. The portion of Simba that will rise in Lanka in the remgining 2 709 gb. is ·SI, 14 ) सप्तमोऽध्यायः : 131 2 709 X 30%=15° 3 4 9861 Now, subtracting the Ayanamsa from the above, the langitude of the 4th Bhava is found to be 3 240.31'99 The 12 Bhavas and their Sandhys with reference to the Sun', longitude as the Ascendant are set out in the previous page Moon Merc. Sat Sun Rahu Venus Moon) SUD Merc Salud 12 1 2 Mars Veous 10 Rası Chakra The Sun's Bhava Chakra Mars 9 Ketu Lagna Jop. Jupiter Lagoa 7 8 6 5 Trom the 2117 (Ravibhava Chakra) drawn above, it will be seen that Saturn, Mars, Jupiter and the Lagna occupy the Ken dras. By sloka 14, we are required to subtract the nature (Saptavarga Drekkapa Vargabaia) of Mars and the FIKTIERT (Saptavarga Saptamsa Vasgabala) of Jupiter as both of them hap pen to be adentical. For the same reason, the Tamir (Navamsa Vargabala) of Vars and the 27titaire (Dwadasamsa Vargabala) of Saturn will also have to be subtracted. The above pairs of Vargabalas are to be subtracted respectively from (1) Saturn and Lagna and (2) Jupiter and Lagni, the net result is that Mars' qis warhs to 39 229 Jupiter's 34 202 Silurn's 31.401 and Lagea's 42 859 The 74 (Dasakramı) of these four significators will there fore be thus (1) Lagor. (2) Vars, (3) Jupiter and (4) Satura, Then must follow the Dasa, of planets ia the Succedeat (Paga phara) bouses. But there are no such placets anstering to the description in the horoscope under consideration. The placets in the Cadeat (Apoklima) houses will pest rule the Dasas. Aad 99 10 11 ·132 sigrafia Adh. VII 2 . - R there are three such planets in the horoscope, ris, Venos the Moon and Mercury. There is no Amit (Samyavargabalı) attaching to them The total Vargabains of these three works respectively to 54 143, 43 453 and 55 518 The MT(Dasah ramı) will there. fore be (1) Mercury, (2) Venus nod (3) the Mogo. The 77174 (Dasabrima) of the horoscope as a whole will thus be (1) che Sun (%) The Lagoa, (1) Mars, (4) Jupiter. (5) Saturn (6) Vercurs. (7) Venus aud (8) the Moon Nor let us take the period of the it (Ravdasa) 17 795 years and proceed to determine its several Antardasas. The significators influenciog the entire Dasa are (1) the Sun, (2) Satura, (3) Lara2, (4) Jupiter and (5) Mars. Of the two significators, Lagas and Jupiter posited in the 7th Bha vn of the TV (Ravibhavahundali), the Lagas is the stronger. Consequently Jupiter canast kiras *777 (lotrasa) to rule The Astardasis of the + significators will bear the following proportion od time measure Years The Sun 1 or $: of the whole period or 9 39 49 Saturn for 3 4 69924 Lagna or 's 1 34264 Mars 1 or s's 2 34962 Similarly, in order to determine the Antardasis under any other Dasa a HT (Bhavachakra) will have first to be cast for the ruler of the Dusa, by taking tbe longitude of that roler 33 the Ascendant and the longitudes of the saietal significators in the horoscope will taca lase to be referred to this TIF (Bh311. chain) in 1101 to make our hor 2n} where such signsfintors are posited therein अर्द्धमेकगृहगखिकोणगस्न्यंशमस्तगृहगस्त्वगांशकम् । पादमत्र चतुरस्रमंस्थितः पाचपन्त्यथ निजैः फलैर्ग्रहाः ॥१५॥ Sla 15 Planets placed in the following positions in regard to the lord of a Dasa mature it by their several influences in the proportion of the numbers given opposite to them 1. A planet occupying the sime house (finany, the strongest of them) as the lord of the Dasa ·133 सप्तमोऽध्याय. SI. 15] ... 2 A planet in a triangular Bhava 3. A planet in the 7th house 4 A planet in the 4th or the 8th house होरामकरन्द अर्द्धमेकभवने त्रिकोणयोस् यशमम्तगृहरा म्बराशरम् । पादमत्र चरससस्थिता पाचगन्ति खचरा निजगुणे ॥ एकः यदि भूयास सम्भवन्ति नभश्वरा । एक एव तदा तेषा दद्यादगर्दशा बलीम् ।। Also साराला अद्धमेकस्थितो माग विभाग सुतधर्मयो । सप्तम सप्तम भाग चतुर्थ चतुरश्रयो । मूल दशाधिनाथस्य रत्वाश स्वगुणग्रह । करोत्यन्तर्दशा सत्या तरी हरति भागश ॥ The several influences referred to by the author v to be due to such conditions of planet 1% आराह (Arol - (Arzroha), 37 (Uchcha) or 17 (Neechn) e (Ichty) or to (kashta) and the lihe. The commentator Ter (Sun larumsra) is of opinion that the Lagna b comes 77977T (Dasuprchl a), 1 must aleo be taken to be covered by the term 'act (Graha) 10 so far as it rules a Dasa. Varahamihira is also of the same view. C[वृहज्जातर एकदंगोऽर्द्धमपन्य ददाति तुम्ब यश निकोगगृहग रग पराम्। पाद पलम्य चतुरसगता महोरास्ते परस्परगा परिपाययन्ति । That is to say, the 34 (Intardasa) under 1 (0)352) will severalls become due in the follossar sequence First the #7771 (Antardusi) of the partit (Disarati) next, that of the pizret (if inore than one the strongest of them) occu. Pying the eme house is the दशाप ने (Darpati), rert, that of the planet (if more than one, the strongest of them) occupyinga Trihoda house from the ITR (Disinatha), nert that of the planet (of more than one, the strongest of them) occupying the 7th house from the TTIM (Disanatha), and fioully that of the planet (if more than one, the stroonest of the n) cc ups at १२तुरय (Chatu. rasm house from the 77971 (D1<?patu). .

·134 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VII Also गर्ग:- एक्कै संस्थितश्चाद्धं ग्रिभागं तु निकोणगः । सप्तमस्थ म्बरांशं तु पादं तु चतुरस्रगः॥ लमेन सहिताः सर्वे हान्योन्यं फरदायकाः। Also the वृद्धयवनसानक of मीनरात- लानोदशा जीवदशाप्रयाता दत्ते नराणां सुधनानि सौख्यम् सख्यं नरेन्द्रेग विवेकता च.... " These quotations will be enough to relute the contention of a few authors that the word ग्रह, as employed in the expression ग्रहः पाचयति in this connection in all standard astrological treatises. excludes the Ascendant and that planets alone rule the Antardasas and not the Ascend int. Theerpression ग्रहः पाचयनि may be englished "the significator becomes influential," " the significator becomes active and so on and not the planet becomes influential, "the planet becomes active" and so on. The term "Significator" is wide enough to include pot only the planets but the Ascendant as well. When there are several planets in a house occupied by a दशानाथ (Dasanatha) or in the सप्तम (Saptama), aनिकोण (Trikona) or चतुरस (Chaturasra) house from that sigaificator, the strongest alone of such planets must be taken into consideratio; as capable of being an अन्तर्दशानाथ (Antardasanatha) under that दशानाथ (Dasa. natha) So says Bhattotpala io his commentary on Brihatjatala. He justifies this Siew by pointing to the use of the singular number in the expressions, "कर्भगः, त्रिकोणगृहग and the like occurring in almost all the authors- एकदंगेद्धमपत्य वृहज्जातक एकदंगोई ध्यंश स्वल्पजातक एकः संस्थितश्चाद्धं. गार्गि: .. .... Also यवनेश्वर कारो भागकगृहाश्रितस्य तदर्द्धभागं लभते चतुर्थे । त्रिभागभागी च निरोणसंस्थम्तदर्द्धमावस्याच गया। त्रिकोणे स्यात्सप्तमे सप्तमभागभागी स्थितो प्रहश्चारवशादहस्य । ।

·SI 151 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 135 - Also सत्य- अद्धं तृतीयमाचतथाई स्वाञ्च सप्तम भागम् । एकक्षं नवपञ्चमचनुर्थनिधनास्तसस्थानाम् ॥ दद्युहा ग्रहाणा स्वदशास्वन्तर्दशाख्यानाम् । फलकालानिमत्रविधिन मेण भेदाश्च तेप्येवम् ।। एक्र्भगेषु बलवान् भागहरो मिनतो रिपोर्वाऽपि । मित्र च पुष्कलफल तस्मिन् काले रिपोनवम् । He also quotes in support of his view the following -99 एकोपगतानो यो भवति बलाधिको विशेषेण । एक स एव हर्ता नान्ये तत्र स्थिता विहगा ॥ Also C.केशवपद्धति- अर्द्धस्यैकमगस्त्रिकोणगृहगस्थ्यशस्य चास्ते नगा शस्याघेश्चतुरस्रगो निजगुणै पक्कैकभे स्थाबली । अशादी कुर रूपमत्र समतां कृत्वा च नाश छिदा मशा स्वदशा पृथक् खलु लवेक्यासा स्युरन्तर्दशा ॥ ३३ ॥ But thrs view is not accepted by दिवाकरदवश (Diwakara Dar vagoa) the learned commentator of the above work for, he is of opinion that all the planets posited in the same sigo should share the number of years due to them, and not the strongest alone, and would further have the exprersion ' पक्फभे स्थावरा in the sloka quoted above, stered into "पर कम तऽसिला 'and supports bis posttion from पराशर- यहवश्वस्तु तेपिलम् । केन्द्रादिगा महा सवें ददत्येवापहृत्यच ।। and also from सारारली अन्तर्दशा यदा स्यात् ग्रिचनामकराशिसस्थानाम् । অনান্য বিষয়গুমসালা ! रिवार (Divakara) says that वराहमिहिर (Varahamuhira), though admittedly very cleser in extracting the essence from every author, has pot anywhere laid down the dictum TITITTAT CFT ETĀ 1, to wit, the stroogest alone of the several planets occupyiag a Rası rules the अतर्दशा (Intardisa), etc. The same दिपार (DImakara) says also that the quotation from 24 should be coderstood more as ·136 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [ Adh. VII referring to the divisor that has to be determined in the चक्रपानार्दू- हानि process than as attnbuting the rulership of the अन्नईशा (Antar. dara) to the strongest planet of the lot; and that if मय (Maya) meant anything else be would have said v7: Ott instead of एम. स एवं हता, etc. Nor doesदिर (Diwakara) endorse the अन्तर्दशाकम (Aatardasa. krama) accepted by Jryas (Utphala) on the authori.y of the casual order in which the several Antardas patis are mentioned in books. As many anthors hase described the Antardasas ruled by the several plagets in a certain definite order, some hold to the view tbat the Antardavas must be taken to transnire only inthat order. But there are others who oppose this view and hold that the अन्तर्दशाक्रम (Antardasakrama) is the same as the दशाकम (Dasakrama) as enjoin. ed by गर्ग मूलपाकपति. पूर्व ददात्यन्तर्दशां तत । दशाफमवशादन्ये दारन्तर्दशां ग्रहा. ॥ श्रीपनि (Supati) follows गग (Garga) rude slokas 1 and 14) and केशव (Kesava) and दिवार (Diwakara) are of the same new. From the quotation given below, it will be seen that even the 17A (Patahrama) is not the same, and the position of HÈRET (Bhattot. pala) therefore seems to be untenable, (1) पराशर-- दायगस्य नु सर्वस्व सहमस्य दल भवेत् । सुतधमंगयोस्न्यंश पादं मृतिमुखस्थयो । सक्षांश सप्तमस्थस्य प्रक्रियायधुनोच्यते । खानुगिपति- दशा में गेहगखिकोणगो गुणांशकम् । सुखेऽष्टमे युगांशकं नगाशमस्तमस्थितः । Both the views find mention in मारावली- केन्द्रादिविधिमा चान्ये केचित्पाठक्रमेण तु॥ Itmay be noted in passing that the पारकम (Patakrama) is Identical in 1. श्रीपति (Sripati), 2. केशव (Kesava), 3. मुबोधिनी (Subo. dhini) and 4. वराहमिहिर (Varahamthera) though श्रापति (Sripati) sets his face against regarding the 104 (Patahrama) as indicative of the order of precedence of the Antardasas (tide sloka 11 ante).

·SI, 16.17 ) सप्तमोऽध्याय. 137 कृत्वांशकानामिह रूपमादौ छिदां समत्तं च तथा पिनाशम् । I निजैक्यमक्ताः पृथगंशकाः स्युरन्तर्दशाः स्वस्थसमापिनिनाः ॥१६॥ Sloka 16 Put down th» numbers representing the various portions of the Dasa beginning with unity and reduce them to equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Find the total of the aliquot parts of the main Dasa represented by the several numerators, the denoininators which have served their purpose are to be left out of account. The several aliquot pirts multip'sed into the years composing the main Dasa and divided by the total of the aliquot parts constitute the separate Antardasas or sub.periods of the Dasa For notes to this sloka, see page 125 supra अन्तर्दशाम्यो विदशाः स्युरेचं ताभ्यस्तथैवोपदशाः प्रदिष्टाः। प्रत्यब्दमासधुनिशाघटीपु फलं निगचं सदसच ताभ्यः ॥ १७ ॥ Sloha 17 And from the Antardasas, their subdivi. sions called Vidasas (Real) are similarly announced, and from the Vidosas, their minuter portions called Uprdasas 3997 are derived. And from the last-named divisions of the period, ce, Upadasas, the good and evil to be experienced each year, month, day and night is to be declared by astrologers. Mars Suppose it is required to fiod Merc (SATURN 3 out the several Vidisas (farm) in the Bhaumautardasa (tan) of 12 5 the Bhasmadass (Ginto) 1. the ex Blaumbhava ample horoscope referred to do the Kundali MOOD potes to slokis 9-11 supra To do 6 ed, it will first be pecessary to as certzio bon the planets become 10 Jupiter 8 7 located 10 be(U14) Bhzuma• bbaya Kuadal the elements of ut, . 18 which are set out to the next page LAGNA SUN 4 1 VENUS 11 པ ·138 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VII 1 3 4 5 6 7 00 2 10 11 12 11 Sigas 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 Degrees 37 35 23 21 23 25 27 25 23 21 23 Minutes 5344 36 37 36 44 | 53 | 44 36 17 36 Seconds 936 3 29 3 36 36 3 3 36 स # म स स म स सम म #1 12233414556677889910 101111 12121 Sigos 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8! 9 10 . Degrees 11 9 7 911 | 11 9 7 7 9 11 Moutes 48 40 3131 401 45 48 40 31 31 40 43 Seconds ... 52 2046 46 20 52 522046 46 20 $ The WTOT (Bhaumantardasa) racges over 11 of 11:1978 or 6•107891 years. From an inspection of the Univset (Bhaumabhavakundalı) printed above it will be seea that the first fit (Vidasa) will be ruled by Mars itself and the second by Mercury as it occupies the same house as Mars and the third by Jupiter as it occupies a frTITAT (Trihonabhava) from Mars. The propor. tion of the three Vidasas will stand as 1: 1: 3: or 6: 3: 2. So that the H91 (Bhaumaplardasa) needs to be subdivided into Bhaumavidasa ... 3.33157 years. Budbayidasa 165579 Guruvidasa . •11052 ... 1) In the same way itu (Bhaumavıdasa) may be still further subdivided into Bhaumopadasa ... 1.81722 years. Budhopadasa C-90561 Gurupadasa G 60574 पेशवपतिः- इत्याम्यो विदशास्वतोप्युपदशास्ताभ्यश्च सूक्ष्मं फलम् ॥ ... ...

·Sl. 18-19) सप्तमोऽध्यायः : 139 जन्मकालकलियातमत्सरोत्पन्नमध्यमरको समण्डले। निक्षिपेदथ दशादिजाः समामासवासरघटीविनाडिकाः॥१८॥ तादृशो भवति भास्करो यदा मध्यमो परदशा तदा भवेत् । साध्यते दिनगणोनुपाततः खेचराः सविकलादहर्गणात् ॥१९॥ Slokas 18-19. Ascertain the Mean Sun with the portion of orbit traversed by him in accordance with the elapsed years of (syn) Kaliyuga at the nativity of the person whose horoscope may be under examination, Add to the elapsed years of Kalı aforesaid, the years, months, days, ghatikas, vighatikas measuring the Dasas, Antardasas, Vidasas and Upadasas. And whenever the Sun attains the positions corresponding to the several sums that result from the several above additions, the several Dasas, Antardasas, Vidasas and Upadasas next in order have their beginning And the days composing them severally can be ascertained by a rule of three process And the positions of the other planets arc of course ascertainable from the ascertainment of the (1710) Ahargana of the Dasas, etc. In order to find out the longitude of the Mean Sun, we should multiply the number of elapsed terrestrial days by the number of the Sun's revolutions in a 9-9 (Kalpa) and divide this product by the number of terrestrial days in a 71 (Kilpa) fat (Surya siddhanta-1, 53)) The quotient will represent the number of elapsed revolutions, sigos, degrees, etc, of the Mean Sun The Mean Sun at the time of birth has therefore performei 4320,000 000 x714404106135.9916 = 1,955,884,954 016849 1,577,917,828,000 revolutions. Its longitude is therefore 0 signs, 169.51.56.904. Suppose it is required to ascertain the positions of the Sag and other planets at the beginning of the Dasa of Vars. The aum. ber of the San's resolutions sioce the beginning of the Kaliyuza till the hout of birth to question is 1954.046849.

·140 श्रीपविपद्धतिः Adh. VII The number of years elapsed till the beginning of Mars' Dasa Is496847 Total 5003-731549. The Sun's position is therefore 8523°21'27*501. युगार्कचक्रेर्युगसूर्यसावनो यदि पुपिण्डः समवाप्यते तदा। दशाप्रवेशोद्भवसूर्यमण्डलैः सभांशलिप्तादिभिराप्यतेऽत्र कः २० Slaka 20. As the number of solar revolutions in a Yuga. to the number of solar revolutions at the settingin of a Dasz the number of days in the Yuga : to the number of days elapsed at the commencement of the Dasa. To find the position of the other planets at the time, we have first to determine the auth (Ahargaba) which is done in accordance with the lastructions in the sloka Now the number of elapsed terrestrial days since the beginning of Kalıyoga till the hour of birth in question, is 4954 046849x1577917828. %D1809508-9916 4320000 The same till the beginning of the Kujadasa is 5033.77847x1577917829 318276567633. 4320000 अहर्गण (Ahargana) of the elapsed Dasa as therefore 1827656-7633Muns 18095089916or 1814777. But the method advocated by Kesala 13 simpler He says: शाकीच्दानिमध्यमार्कभुवं मासादि तयुग्दशा- ब्दाचं तत्र के समादितरणिर्मध्यो दशादी भवेत् । घनीभूनदशा पृथक् त्रिकुहृता खाशष्टहृनयुता सा स्यास्सावनिका दशारदारयुक्तधुक्जनियुमनः ॥ ३५ ॥ तस्मासावयवाहणामकरणारसाध्या दशादी खगाः क्षेपान् जन्मखगात्प्रकरुप्प यदि या साध्या दशा सावनात् । ते स्पटाश तिधिध मङ्कमवशान्नासो दशादी तनु पूर्वोक्त उडम चाय मया सहायर दर्शिलम् ॥ ३६॥ At tbe hour of birth, the number represented by the year of the Saka era will decote the year, ant the sigos, degrees, etc, of the Mean Sun, the months, days, etc, that have elapsed in that

·SI. 21 )
सप्तमोऽध्याय: ;
141
year of Saka
Add to this the years, months, days, etc, represent.
tog the period of the Dasa current. The result will give the new
year of Saka and the loagitude of the Mean Sun for the hour of
commencement of the dext Disa. Coavert the timmeasure of
the Daca into days, that is to say, multiply the number of years
by 12, and add to the product the months, multiply this sum by
30 and add to the product the days, etc. The result will be the
number of days in the Dasa. Multiply it by 13 and divide by 890
Add this new result to the number of days already obtained. Add
also as many palas as there are years in the Das. The sum will
represent the number of Savana days. With this 371 (Ahargana)
for a basis, the longitudes of the several planets at the hour may
be computed with the aid of the very firutama (Karanagrantha)
which was employed to determine the positions of the planets at
birth,
Thus, if the longitude of the Mean Sun at hour of birth be
0--16.51-56 304, its loogttade at the begioning of the Kujadasa
may be obtained by the addition of the period elapsed till then, i e.,
of 49 years, 8 months, 6 days, 29 ghatikas and 31:2 Vighatikas.
Thus, 0*.160-51'16 304, the largitude of the Mean Sug at
birth whes increased by
49 8 6 29 31 2 time since elapsed, become
8° 23° 21'-27"504 which is its progressed longitude at
the beginning of the Kujadasa.
To find the strit (Abargana) of the elapsed Dasa, vie., 49
years, 8 months, 6 days, 29 52 ghatıkas, convert 49 years rato
months, re, 49×12=588
Add to this the 8 months and we get
596 This converted into days gives 596 X 30=17880. Adding
the 6 days and 29 52 ghatikas, we get 17836 days, 29 52 ghatikas,
Increase this by o'sith, ie, by 261 days, 15 80196 ghatikas, which
gives 18147 days. 45 32196 ghatikas. Add on further 49•6847
palas or •82809 ghatikas, and we shall have for the sun total
18147 days, 46 1500+ ghatilas
These tally with the results already obtained.
सविकलादितिसिद्धदिनबजात् कथिततन्त्रविधेः कुरु खेचरान् ।
स्फुटतरानुदयं च निजोदयैरितिविधाय ततोत्र विचिन्तयेत् ॥२१॥

·142 धीपतिपदति' [Adh. VII Sloha 21 From the (अर्गण) Ahargana and its portion obtained by the proportion given in the previous sloka, determire the correct positions of the planets in accordance with the rule of the (ara) Tantra or astrono mical treatise that you may follow and calcalate the Lagna in agreement with the times of the rising periods in the particular place in which the birth of the native happened This done, proceed to consider the good and bad points of the horoscope The method advocated by the author in all seriousness for eventually finding out the precise Lagoa at the time of the com mencement of a Dasa has given occasion for the following banter from Kesava Daivagna, पञ्चाशोनदिनद्वय च कलयेरयायु कृत दृश्यते । पक्ष सेटलवान्तरेण च मवे-मासान्तर चायुप प्रोक्त यैस्तु दशादिरग्नजफ तेम्पोतिटरम्मो नम ॥ ३४ ॥ दशापतिर्लग्नगतो यदि स्यात् विपदशैकादशगव लग्नात् । तत्सप्तरर्गोप्यथ तत्सुहृद्वा लग्ने शुभो वा शुभदा दशा सा ॥ २२॥ Slola 22 Ascertain the Lagnr or the rising sign at the time of commencement of a Dasa If the lord thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th or the 11th house from it, or if the Lagna be included in the (Hati) Saptu arga of the lord of the Dasa, or if a friendly planet or a benefic on be in the Lagna, the Dasa will prove auspicious For this as well as sloka 24 Infra, C/. बृहजाना पाकम्वामिनि लालो मुद्ददि वा वर्गेऽस्य सौम्येऽपि पा प्राधा शुभदा दशा निदाषड्लाभेपु वा पापे । मिनोचोपचयस्त्रिकोणमदने पाकेश्वरस्य स्थित- बन्द सफलबोधनानि कुरते पापानि चातोऽन्यथा ॥

·143
सप्तमोऽध्यायः
S1 23-24]
Also होरामकरन्द
पाकेशे लग्नवतिन्युत सुहृदि शुभे वा तदीयेऽथ जग
प्रारब्धा सत्फला स्यादुपचयभवनस्येऽपि वा पकगाथे ।
मित्रस्वोचत्रिकोणोपचयमदनग शीतरश्मिशेशा-
दुबोध स फलाना रचयति नितरामन्यथा निन्दितानाम् ।।
Also फ्लदीपिका
दशेशस्य तुझे सुहृद्धे दशेशात् त्रिषट्कर्मलाभत्रिकाणालगेपु ।
यदा चारगत्या समायाति चन्द्र शुभ सविधतेऽन्यथा च रिटम् ॥
सारावला
॥
पाकस्वामिनि लग्ने सुहृदा वर्गेऽथवाऽपि सौम्यानाम ।
श्रेष्ठदशाया सूतिलग्नादुपचयगृहस्थैर्वा
मित्रोच्चोपचयस्थाने त्रिकोणे सप्तमे तथा ।
पाकेश्वरात् स्थितश्चन्द्र कुरते सफला दशाम् ॥
विपरीते स्थिते चन्द्रे दशादी पर्यवस्थित ।
स्वोच्चगस्यापि रोस्य दशा न प्रतिपूनित ॥
प्रवेशे बलवान् खट शुभैया सुनिरीचित ।
सोम्याधिमित्रवगस्थो मृत्यवे न भवेत्तदा ॥
यावन्ति वणि दशा च सा स्याचाराक्रमात्तत्र दशापतिः सः ।
यन स्थितस्तद्भवनाद्विधोश्च स्थितेः प्रकल्प्यं सदसत्फलं हि ॥ २३ ।।
Sloha 23 During the several years over which a
Disa iniy extend, its good or evil cffect is to bu determined
with reference to the particulır liouse which the lord of the
Dası may occupy, for the time, in its progress through its
orbit us also with reference to the position of the Moon
of. वानरपारिजात
करोति यद्भावगत स्वपाके तनावनन्य स्वशुभ शुभ या।
शुभ शुभव्योमचरस्य पाके पापस्य दाये स्वशुभ यदन्ति ।।
Also फलापिया
यद्भावग पारुपतिर्दशेशातदाय मातानि पनि कुर्यात् ।
विपक्षरि फाटमभावगश्चेदु स पिदयादितरण सौख्यम् ॥
दशाधिनाथस्य मुहृद्गृहस्थस्तदुच्चगो वाऽथ दमाधिनाथात् ।
सरत्रिकोणोपचयस्थितथ ददाति चन्द्रः खलु सत्फलानि ॥ २४ ॥

·144 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः (Adh. VII Sloka 21. The Moon produces beneficial effects 11 hen in the house of a friend of the lord of the Dasa; or in the exaltation house of the latter or in the 7th house, a Trikona house or in any one of the Upachaya houses with reference to the Dasanatha cा. केशवपद्धति- चन्द्र. प्राप्तदशेश्वरस्थ सुहृदुशस्वक्षसंस्थो दशा- नाथादीनवसप्तमोपचयगो दद्याच्छुभानीति च ॥ उक्तेपु राशिपु गतस्य विधोः स राशिः स्याज्जन्मकालभवमूर्तिधनादिभावः । तत्तद्विवृद्धिकृदसौ कथितो नराणां तद्भावहानिकृदथेतरराशिसंस्थः ॥ २५ ॥ Sloha 25. In the favourable positions mentioned in the previous sloka, the Rası occupied by the Moon should represent some one of the 12 bhavas, Lagna, Wealth, etc., at the time of birth, The Moon in one of these favourable positions promotes prosperity in respect to the Bhava re. presented by the Rasi occupied. In the unfavourablc positions the Bhava represented by the Rası (occupied by the Moon) suffers damage. C.केशवपद्धति यस्मिन् भेस विधु सजन्मनि तनुस्वायादि भावो यदा तत्तवृद्धिकरोऽथ तत्क्षयकर. प्रोत्तेतरस्थानगः ॥ ३७ ।। Also गागि यद्राशिसंस्थः शीतांशु शुभकृत्परिकीर्तितः । सराशिर्जन्मकाले तु यो भावस्त-कृत च तत् ॥ दशाप्रवेशे स्वगृहादिसंस्थे हिमद्युतौ यत्फलमुक्तमायः। तद्वाच्यमिन्दुर्हि शुभाशुभाख्यं फलं मनोरूपतया ददाति ॥२६॥ Sloka 20 What has been descnbed by the ancients such as Varahamıhıra as the effect of the Moon being in ·145 Si. 26] सप्तमोऽध्याय. (his own house or that of other planets should be mentioned in this connection For it is the Moon that produces good and evil to be experienced in the form of mental states ( (pleasure and pain) It is significant that this came author in another work has pointed out that the inherent power of any planet, for good or evil, is intensified by the strength of position of the Moon in relation to it. Cf अमृतकिरणवीर्याद्वीर्यमाश्रित्य सर्वे विदधति फलमेते खेचरा साध्वसाधु । निजनिजविषयेषु व्याप्रियन्ते यथामू न्यलमिह मनसेवाधिष्ठितानीन्द्रियाणि । आपति (Sripati) here (in sloka 26 of the Text) alludes to the following slokn of वराहमिहिर (बृहज्जातक VIII 11.) प्रारख्या हिमगौ दशा स्वगृहगे मानार्थसौख्यारहा कौजे दूपयति स्त्रिय बुधगृहे विद्यासुहृद्वित्तदा । दुर्गारण्यपथालये कृषिकरी सिहे सितःऽन्नदा कुखीदा मृगकुभयोर्गुरगृहे मानार्थसौख्यावहा । Also होरामकरन्द प्रारब्धा पर्किशीन्दी भपति खलु दशा मानसौख्यार्थदायी स्वीटीट्यामारराशौ शशिमुतभवने मिनविद्याधनाप्य । सिंह यारण्यवास कृषिमपि कुरुते शुक्रभे चासदा स्यात् खीदा मन्दगेहे दिशति गुरगृहे मानसौग्यार्थलाभान् ॥ Also माराम सविता दशाफ्ना पाचयिता चन्द्रमा प्रपोपयिता । राशिविशेषे न्दोरत फोक्तिर्दशारम्भ। मूलदशायामिन्दो कन्यासु प्रेक्षिते चन्द्र। पण्यागनाभिरनिश समागम माहुरिह यवना ॥ सौम्यस्त्रीधनराम पुरारगेन्दी मवेशारम्भ। कन्या दूषयति नर कुनभरने हन्ति वा युगतिम् । विद्याशास्त्रज्ञानं मित्रप्राप्ति करोति युधराती। सपानमतुल सौख्य चन्दे विनाश च ॥ भौ.प 19 ·146 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VII सुखधनमानाज्ञप्ति जीवगृहे दिशति शीतांशु । परिणतवयसमरूपां सौरगृहे वधंकी वाऽपि । दुर्गारण्यनिवासं कर्षणगृहकर्मसेतुकर्मान्तम् । सिंहे शशी प्रकुरते स्त्रीपुत्रविवादमति च ॥ उत्पादितं हि द्युचरस्य पूर्व शुभाशुभाख्यं तु फलं यदा । तेनानुसारेण दशामु कल्प्यं शरीरभाजामशुभं शुभं च ।। २७ ।। Sloha 29. The good and evl to be experienced by men in the Dasas or planetary periods should be determined in accordance with the. इ(Ishta) and कष्ट (Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the Dasa as worhed out previously (ude Idhyaya 4, Sloha 4) इष्टोत्कटत्वे हि शुभानि पुंसां फलान्यनिष्टान्यशुमोत्कटत्ने । साम्ये तु मिश्राणि फलानि नूनं फलं त्रिधैवं परिकल्पनीयम् ।। Sloha 28. Men experience good when the go (Ishta) portion of a planet's influence is greatly in excess of the ar (Kashta) portion But when the latter is predominant, evil has to be mostly suffered. But when the इष्ट (Ishta) and tष्ट (Kashta) arc even, the effects are of a mixed hind. It is in these three ways that the planetary influence should be interpreted सप्तपर्गजफलस्य सूरिभिस्तत्प्रभोरिह फलस्य निश्चयात् । एवमेव परिकल्पना स्फुटा शोभनाशुभफलस्य कीर्तिता ॥ २९ ॥ Slola 29, To declare clearly the effect due to the Sapthavargis under the categories of good (शुभ.Subha),eal (भशुभ.Asubha) and mised (शुभाशुभ-Subhasubha) in this way is dependent, say the sages, upon a correct ascertainment of the influence of the lords of the respective Vargas. यद्यद्रव्यं कथितमृपिभिर्यस्य यस्य ग्रहस्स कर्माजीवोऽपि च तनुभृतां यश्च यथोदितोऽत्र ।

·SI. 30] सप्तमोऽध्यायः 147 यद्भायोत्थं यदपि गृहजं योगजं दृष्टिजं यत् तत्तत्सर्व ग्रहबलवशायोजनीयं दशासु ॥ ३० ॥ इति श्रीपतिविरचितायो जातकपद्धती दशान्तदंशादिविचाराध्यायः सप्तमः Slola 30. Whatever substance is declared by the siges to bclong approprately to any planet, whatever the occupation which men may have to pursuc under certain planetary conditions, whatever the effect due to a Bhava, a Rası, a Yoga, (such as Rajayoga, ctc.), or aspect--all this should be assigned suitably in the Dasa periods in accordance with the strength of the planets presiding over them, C. फलदीपिश संज्ञायां यदगादिवाकरविधिश्लोकेषु यजल्पितं कर्माजीवनिरूपित फलमिदं योगचिन्ता विधौ । यद्यस्येक्षणयोगसंभवफलं भावेशयोगांना मावेशैरपि भावगैरपि फलं शच्यं दशायामिह ।। होएमकरन्द यस्य ग्रहस्य यद्रव्यं कर्म जीवश्व यस्य यः। हरमावस्थानयोगोरथं फल स्यात्तद्दशासु Also केशवपद्धति:- यद्रव्यं खचरस्य भावगृहग्यो गादिसर्व फलं योज्यं वृत्तिकृतिबलादिह दशायां चाय यो वैरयुक् । पापा पापदशां विशेत् स व विपरकर्ताथ तगाद- स्तरकाले बलवान् खगः शुभसुहृदृष्टेष्टषड्वर्गगः ॥ ३८ ॥ For the several substances ascribed to the planets, vide Jatakaparijata 11-20; Bribat Jataka II-12. For the occupations to be pursued, orde Jałalapanjata XV- 43.-50%B Brihat Jatakax-1-4. For the effects due to the (a) plagets to the several Bhavas, Oide Jatakaparijata, VIII 56-99; Brihat Jataka XX.

·148 virginala: [ Adh. VII (b) planets ja the çeveral Rasis, de Jatakaparijata, VIII, 39-44, Brihat Jatala XVIll. (c) Yogas, - rdz Jalalaparijata, VII, VIII, 1–38 Brihat Jataha VI, VII, XIII, XIV. (d) aspecte, ride Jatakaparijata, VIII, 46-55, Bribat Jatala VIA. In predicting the several eflects of the Disn of 103 planet, Varahamıhıra says that it wall pot do to mention only what has been described to happen in the Dasa of that particular planet (cide 71 Ch VIII, slokas 12 18.) These will bare to be gede. Tally supplemented by the effects due to other considerations AS well, of the planet, uz, its influence due to its functioning as TIHT (Dasanatha) or 751671 (Antardasanathn), to its position in the Rasi occupied, to its s0212tice with other plagets, to the benefic dats obtained in its Ashtahavarga, to its occupation of apy particular Decanate, Navamsa and other Vargas, etc. All these effects will also hase to be curinbly added on The particular constituent of the halapurusba represented by the planet, the political grade typified by it, the particular colour ascribed to it, the substance typified, vegetable, mineral and voimal Kingdom represented by it, the precious stone typified by t, the article of apparel, the constituent element of the body represented by it, the particular favor ascribed to it, the effects due to all these hasc to be fittingly brought up during the Dass of the planet under con sideration. Fos sostascs, it the Sun's Dasa, should the Sun be RUSPICIODS in the nativity, royal fasour, self satisfaction, acquisition of red substances, of copper and the like, compaby of people of the Kshatriya caste, the quality of gocddess, possession of good vital energy, etc., all these will hue to be predicted 1f the Sun be bad, the loss of these has to be thought ot, similarly in the case of the Moon and other planets. For further information the reader is referred to the Fire (Dzondh; y ec) commentary on Brihat Jataha. End of the Seventh Adhyaya ·149 भष्टमोऽध्याय S1 1-3] अष्टमोऽध्यायः बहुप्रकारं बहुधात्र भुज्यते यतः फलं प्राणिगणैः प्रतिक्षगम् । प्रकीर्णरूपस्य फलस्य निर्णयस्ततो मयाऽमारधुनाऽभिधास्यते ॥१॥ Adhyaya 8 Slokal Since the fruit of past Karma (FA) which is of many forms, is being experienced momently and in various ways by large numbers of living beings, I shall have to treat of the manner of tracing it in its miscella. neous aspects. . On the subject of reaping in this life the fruits of the past Karma, the following averments of Varahamıhıra have a direct bearing बृहज्जातर I-3. कर्मार्जित पूर्वभवे सदादि यत्तस्य पक्ति समभिव्यक्ति । लघुनातक --3. यदुपचितमन्यजन्मनि शुभाशुम तस्य कर्मण पक्किम् । ध्यायति शास्त्रमेतत्तमसि द्रव्याणि दाप इव ॥ Also होरामकरद यदन्यजन्मन्य शुभ शुभ वा कर्मार्जित तस्य विपडक्तिरेतत् । व्यनति शास्त्र हि दशानमेण धादिजात तमसीव दीप । अष्टवर्गजफलं ग्रहस्य यत् साध्यसाधपि च तस्य लगतः । चन्द्रतोप्युपचयस्थितोचभखत्रिकोणसुहृदालयेषु तन् ॥२॥ पूर्ण शुभं स्वादशुभं च हीनं विपर्यये कष्टफलं हि पुष्टम् । अपुष्टमिष्टं पुनरत्र वाच्यं बलावलं तस्य विचार्य सम्यक् ॥३॥ Slokas 2-3 When a planet's exaltation sign, Swak. shetra, Moolatrikona, or a friend's house happens to be in the 3999 (Upachaya) positions from the Lagna or the Moon, its good effects derived from Ashtahavarga are fully realised and the bad effects become reduced in the ·150 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VIII favourable positions mentioned above Elsewhere there is a plentiful crop of evil and the good becomes mini. mised Any deciaration regarding such planetary effects should be made after a careful consideration of the strong and weak points of the planet under examination These slokas are important as enabling us to find out as to when the planetary power which is determined by the 2771 (Ash. takavarga) process, is influential and when not. Cr केशवपद्धति खेस्तस्य यदष्टवर्गफल पूर्ण शुभ जन्मत न्विन्दोवृद्धिषु च स्वभोच्चभसुहृनस्वत्रिकोणे स्ति यः । दुष्ट मध्ययल विपर्ययगतस्यानिष्टम युवट शस्त स्वल्पतर खगस्य च वदेत् ज्ञात्वा बल तत्वतः ॥ ३९ ॥ For ayat (Ashtavargaja phala) vide Jatakaparijata X and Phaladeepika \X11I and VXIV ये राजयोगाः कथिता हि तेषां भङ्गो न चेत्स्यात्सफलास्तदा ते । ज्ञेया बुधैोगदवीर्ययोगायुगामिनां रश्मिफलानि तद्वत् ॥ ४ ॥ Sloza 4 The Rajayogas mentioned before take effect, in case there is nothing (in the horoscope) to nullify them, in accordance with the strength of the planets producing those Yogas And the effects of planetary rays should be similarly found out by sagacious astrologers. It will be s-ed from this verse that the strengths of the signifi cators involved in the various Rajayogas (=configurations iniporting actune of raak), should be precisely determiaed if the degree of Influence of those Yogas (=configurations) would be predicted with any approach to accuracy. As for progaostics attaching to the several Rajayogas (=configurations importing for one of raok). the reader is referred to Jatahaparijata Chapter VII, passim, Bribat Jataka \ and Phaladeepika VII. 23 iute (itasmi phala) ci Jatthaparijata, pives 249 254 दशानामरिष्टे तथा चास्य भङ्गे दशारिष्टभङ्गेशपीपोत्कटत्वात् । दशारिष्टमङ्गो बुधैः कल्पनीयौ विधाय ग्रहान्किन्तु तत्कालजातान् ।

·151 अष्टमोऽध्यायः S1. 5-6] Slaka 5. When there is any evil to be apprehended in the course of Dasas or planetary periods and when there happens to be also some influence tending to obviate the same, the question whether the evil will prevail or be put down will depend upon the preponderance in strength of the planet causing the रिट (Rishta) or the other obvra. ting it-this preponderance being arrived at after a careful balancing of the strengths of the planets at the time of the Dasas. For accurately determining which of the two planets-the रिष्टकर (Rishtakara) and the रिष्टमङ्ग (Rishtabhanga)-will prove the more fluential, vidc Adhyaya VI, supra. कुरखेचरदशासमये चेद् दारुणान्तरदशाविनिपातः । तत्करोति बहुधा विपदं स प्राणिनामतितरामरियोगे ॥ ६ ॥ Sloha 6 If, at the time the Dası of a malignant planet is in progress, the Antardasa of another malignant planet sets in, it generally brings on some catastrophe to men-this it does all the more when the lords of the Dasa and Antardasa in question are hostile The evil promised gains in virulence shen the 1914 (Dasanatha) and the भुक्तिनाथ (Bhuktinatha), besides being malefics, are mutually inimical, as e s, in T81€ positions (=inconjunct or quia. cux aspect). Voue also Jatakaparijata, XVIII, slokas 54–57. सारावली फरदशाया क्रूर. प्रविश्य चान्तर्दशा यदा कुरते । पुम स्यात्सन्देहस्तदारियोग. सदैव महान् ।। क्षितितनयस्य दशाया रविजस्यान्तर्दशा यदा विशति । चहुकालजीविनामपि मरणं निःसंशय कुरते ॥ फरराशौ स्थित पाप षष्ठे स्यानिधनेऽपि वा। तस्थितेनारिणा दृष्ट म्वपाके मृत्युदो ग्रह। विलमाधिपतेः शत्रुल नस्यान्तर्दशा गतः । करोत्यकरमान्मरण सत्याचार्यः प्रभापते ।

·152 श्रीपतिपद्धति Adh VIII Also हारामकरन्द पष्टाष्टमगत कर रभस्थो विलोक्ति । द्विपदा करमस्थेन स्वदशाया मृतिप्रद । ल्मनाधरिपुलमदशाया प्रविशन्नृणाम । करोति नून निधन इति सत्यस्य भापितम् ॥ दशाया वरहीनस बलिनोलिर्दशा यदि। न चादितस्य च कुर्याद्दशा रिष्टस्य सक्षयम् ॥ Again नानकाभरण स्वभानुयुक्तस्य च खेचरस्य दशावरियाऽप्यतिरिष्टदा स्यात् । पाकावसाने ननु मानवानां दु सानि हानिश्च विदेशयानम् ॥ रग्नेश्वरस्थाष्टमभावगस्य भवेदशायामतिपाडन च । दशावसानेऽपि हि मानवाना मवेत्समाप्ति खलु जीवितस्य । नाच रिभस्थस्य च परिणो वा पाफ कुकर्माभिरतिर्मनुष्य । विदेशवासा निव वर्गरत्यक्तो भवेदाग्रहताभियुक्त ॥ जननराशिनुस्तनुनाथयो रिपुदशासमये मतिविभ्रम । भयमरेरपि राज्यपरिच्युति सरपन कल्हो बलहीनता ॥ दशाप्रपेशे रलवान् ग्रहश्वेच्छुमाधिमिरग्रहनर्गसंस्थः । निरीक्षितः मौम्यसुहगुहेश्व दशास्वरिष्टस्य तदा हि मङ्गः ॥७॥ Sloka7 If at the time of the commencement of the Dasa, there is some planet occupying the Vargi of a benefic अधिमिम (Adhimitra) planet and aspected also by benefic friendly planets, then there will be presention of the अरिष्ट (Arushta) or impending catastrophe. C. सारावरी प्रवेशे वरगन् खेट गुभै सुनिराक्षित । सौम्याधिमिसवर्गस्थो मृत्यधे न भवेत्तदा । मूल दशाधिनाथस्य विवरस दशा यदा । परिन स्यात्तदा भनो दशारिष्टस्य त रम् ॥ युद्धे च विजयी तस्मिन् प्रहयोगे गुभे यदि । दशायो न भवे न सोचादिषु च सस्थित ॥ Also जानराभरण दशाप्रवदो खचर स्वतुझे भूरनिकोणे यदि वा स्वगेहे। शुभष्टवर्गस्थितिकृषभेटियो दशारिष्टहरो भवरस ·अष्टमोऽध्याय: 153 S1.89] स्त्रीणामुक्तं जातके यच पुंवत् तल्लनेन्द्वोर्यतोत्र प्रकल्प्यम् । योगात्तासां यच्छुभं वाऽशुभं वा तन्निःशेष कल्पयेत् खेटवीर्यात् ।।८ Slokas Thc ellect which has been declared to follow in the case of a woman's horoscope similarly to that of men should be settled with reference to the strength of the Lagna and the Moon. And the entire good or cul said to ari c in their casc m consequence of the conjunction of certain planets should be deterinined in cxact accordance with the strength of those plancts The effects alluded to here by Taft (Sripatı) are those des cribed in the Brihat Jataka Ch WIV-Slol as 2 cl seq. (cf. Jalil aparijata \VI Slolas 7.18 नेर्याणिफा ये कथिताश्च योगाः स्थिति च तेपामिह भावक्लृप्त्या । विज्ञाय धीमान् ग्रहयोगजातं निर्याणमस्मिन् परिकल्पयेच ॥९॥ Sloka I. An intelligent astrologer should find out the kind of exit from the world a person is to have as a result of the planetary positions at the time of his birth, after ascertaining, by a careful study of the Bhavas bearing upon the question, which of the several Nıryana yogas (mentioned in the 25th chapter of the Brihat Jataba, Phaladeepika, Adhyaya XIV) finds place in the horoscope देशवपद्धति- जीवेस्वापि विभवरिष्टपशिशू रिष्टं विना मीयते- थाद्योब्द शिशुदुस्तरोऽपि च परी कार्येषु नी पत्रिका । भा.प, 20 ·154 धीरविपद्धति [Adh. vni कायां प्रश्ननिमित्तपूवंशकुनरक्षन्स्यमान धिया होगज़न मुघुद्धिनात्र यहुथोदम्य काली मरी ॥ ४०॥ कण्टकादिपरिभाषयानया प्रोक्तया मकलमापजातया। जातकोदितफलस्य निश्चितं प्रत्ययो भवति धीमतामिह ।।१०।। Sloka 10 With the help of the terminology such as Kendra, Pana para, Apoblima as applied to all the Bhavas and their bearings, it is surely possible for intelli. gent people to have a settled conviction as to the effect of planetary positions in a horoscope It will be obvious from this sloka that, In the stew of श्रीपनि (Sripat) the terms वय (hantaka), केद्र (hendra), etc, have coly to do with Bhavas (and not with Rasis) as the names 1 (Thanu), धन (Dhana), सइन (Sahan)and the rest Bhavas are domal cu-ps while Rasis are 'zed acal signs, इति जातकर्मपद्धति गुरुपादाब्जयुगप्रमादतः । घरशिप्यजनप्रबोधिनी कृतवान् श्रीपतिरग्रजाग्रणीः ॥ ११ ॥ Sloha 11 From the bencficent effect of waiting at the lotus feet of his Guru, श्रीपत्याचार्य, the foremost among Brahmins, has thus been able to complete his work जातककर्मपद्धति, a guide to the working out of a horo cope which is a source of valuable information to tae commu nity of good students अध्यायानामष्टके वृत्तसंख्या संजातास्यां पद्विचन्द्रप्रमाणा। प्रोक्तानुष्टुप्छन्दसा ग्रन्थसंख्या श्लोकेनैफेनाढ्यया हि द्विशत्या ॥१२ इति श्रीपतिविरचिताया जातरूपद्धती प्रकीर्णकाध्यायोटम ·Sl. 12 ) अष्टमोऽध्यायः : 155 Slola 12 The number of verses in the eight Adhyayas comes up to 135. Reckoning a Grantha (974) at 32 syllables, the total Granthas will amount to 201 Tbis slok is of value ns a safeguard against possible spurious additions to the text. From the total of 36 verses (=201 gran. thas) given here, it will be safe to presume that the following slokas of the edition that we have followed are foreign to the original text (to wit, of Adhyaya 2-sloka 6, . Adhyaya 3-sloka 23, Adhyaya 5-slokas 37 and 38 Adhyaya 8-sloka 12), and that the slokas 2 and 21 of Adhyaya 3 are, each of them, made up of two verses. >1 The 136 slobas are thus arrived at Adhyaya 1 slokas 11, syllables 620 2 5, 268 91 + 3 114 19 1 90 4 14, 656 5 36, 1612 . 6 5. 220 7 PT 30, 1448 8 11, 490 6438 syllables- Tolal --slokas 136 making (439=2003. =) 2011. Granthas, ·156 धीपतिपद्धतिः [Adh. VIII केशवपद्धति - नन्दिप्रामे केशवो प्रिवयों योभूद्धोराशास्त्रसंघ विलोक्य । तेनोवेयं पद्धतितकीया चत्वारिंशद्वृतबद्धा मुबाधा ॥ ४ ॥ ये सुबोधी पटन्तीमामाया जातकपद्धतिम् । होरावित्पदवीं यान्ति लोके मान यश सुखम् ॥ ४२ ॥ TIMS ·APPENDIX I CHARAKHANDAS Asus Asus Asus Latitude in degrees Latitude 10 degrees Asus Asus Asus 194 157 65 59 153 74 24 6 201 162 67 16 26 64 61 80 207 169 68 16] 87 68 29 7 214 173 71 17 30 75 92 7) 221 179 73 171 32 80 8 98 223 18+ 75 18 34 84 105 8! 234 190 78 181 37 89 9 111 241 196 80 19 38 95 91 117 248 201 83 191 41 100 10 123 255 207 85 20 43 10+ 103 130 20$ 252 212 87 45 110 11 176 269 21 218 89 47 116 113 1 +2 219 276 224 92 49 120 12 149 22 283 230 94 51 126 12! 155 221 290 237 95 53 130 162 13 23 297 242 99 55 136 131 163 231 57 304 248 102 141 14 175 59 24 312 254 104 147 143 181 152 62 241 319 260 188 107 15 ·158 धीपविपदतिः Latitude in degrees Asus Asus Asus Latitude 10 degrees Asus Asus Asus 25 326 267 103 31 +21 315 143 251 334 273 111 311 430 352 145 26 342 278 114 32 438 360 143 263 349 285 117 321 443 366 152 27 357 291 120 33 455 375 15+ 273 365 298 122 333 465 381 157 28 373 30+ 125 3+ 473 399 161 282 381 310 128 341 482 397 164 29 389 317 131 35 491 405 168 291 397 324 133 351 500 413 171 30 406 330 136 36 510 421 174 304 413 338 139 539 940 814 361 1 Asus4 Seconds 6 Asus1 Vighatika (iai). 60 Vighithas=1 Ghztika (GZTI). BO . .. ... The rising periods of the zodiacal sigos reckoned from the Equinoctual Point for places in the Equator are as noted below :- Mesha 1,674 Asus Vrishabba 1,795 Mirtbuna 1,931 Kataka 1,931 Simha 1,795 Kany ? 1,674 Thuli 1,674 Vrischika 1,795 Dhanus 1,931 Asus sad TI ... 19 . . .

·159 चरसण्डानि 19 1,931 1,795 1,674 1. Mahara Kumbha Meena ... 1 But those for latitudes narth and south of the Equator vary and may be exactly ascertained by means of the CHARAKHAND IS given in the previous pages. Having regard to the fact that lodia lies between 6 and 36 N. Lat. the table has been constructed to serve the requirements of people residing in India, The process of applying it is as follows: The three figures given against each latitude are meant to apply to any one of the four triads into which the zodiacal signs are divided commenciog always from that has been called TV (Sayanamesha), 16, the first 30 degrees from the Equinoctial Point. The figures are subtractive in the case of the 1st and the 4th triads and additive in the case of the other two, that is to say, subtrac. tive from Mesha to Mithuna aud from Malara to Meena, and additive from Kataka to Kanya and from Thula to Dhanus. For example, the rising periods of the signs at a place in Lat 13 N. are worked out in the following table -- Times of ris : Charakband at Equator for Lat 13 N (Siderial Time) (Sideral Time) Asus Asus Times of nis ng in 13N Latitude (Siderial Time) Asus Gh Vigh, - 162 - 130 - 53 .. Mesha Vrishabba Mithuna Kataha Sunha Kanya Thula Vrischika Dhanus Makara Kumbua Meena - 1,674 1,795 1,931 1,931 1,795 1,674 1,674 1,795 1,931 1,931 1,795 1,674 1,512 4 12 1,665 4 371 1,878 5 13 1,931 5 303 1,925 5 205 1,836 5 6 1,836 5 6 1,925 5 205 1,984 5 303 1,878 5 13 1,665 4 371 1,512 4 12 + 53 +130 +162 + 162 +130 + 53 - 53 -130 - 162 E. .. ... PE ·160 श्रीपतिपति, Prior to the examidation of a horoscope, the rising periods of the sigos in the place of nativity should be carefully found out It is upon the accuracy of this that all astrological calculations must be founded The figures giving the Asus, additive or sub tractive as the case may be, are termed CII ARAKILANDA ( Tour) by Hindu astronomers For a clearer hoowledge of this crdc Bhaskaracharya's firHT, Cb VII Slokas 18-22. In this connection it has to be repeated that the names from Mesba to Meena indicate divisions of 30 degrees commencing al vays from the Equinoctial Point and are therefore 6147 (Sayana) But the names from Mesha to Meena used ordinarily are Narayana (ACT) and correspond to the Greek names, Aries, Taurus, etc.

·APPENDIX-11 SUMMARY (Prepared by MR. ROBERT De Luce) CHAPTER I in this chapter the author explains the process of erecting the horoscope, that is, of establishing the zodiacal position of the twelve Bhavas (houses), their mid-points and their Sandkis (junction.points). The Lagna (mid-point of the First Bhava) is determined from the horizon-distance of the Sun. The Madhya Lagna (mid point of the 10th Bhava) is determined from the meridian-dislauce of the Sup. The mid point of the 7th Bhava is 180° from the Lagna; and the mid-point of the 4th Bhava is 180° from the Madhya Lagna. The mid-points of the intermediate Bhavas are found by trisecting the zodiacal space included between the mid-points of the four angles (Lagna, 10th, 7th and 4th Bhavas). The junction.points, or Sandhıs are midway between the midpoints of the adjacent Bhavas. The strength of a planet 18 Bhava if posited at the junction. point is zero; if posited at the mid-point it is 100%, the strength of intermediate positions being calculated by the rule of three. The author in the last sloka enumerates the purposes and occasions for which this type of horoscope is particularly applicable. CHAPTER II In this chapter the author explains the method of calculating. the strength of aspect between planets. श्री.प.21 ·162 श्रीपतिपद्धतिः CHAPTER III The author explains how to evaluate the various sources of strength of a planet, namely Exaltation strength and the strength from cccupying various sigas and sub divisions of signs These sources of strength are termed Stthanabala, or positional strength Digbala or directional strength is determined by a placet's relation to the angular houses of the horoscope. There are temporal strength (Kala bala) of various kinds, such as the portion of the nycthemeron (the 24 hours) in which birth occurs, the Moon's age, the planetary ruler. ship of the hour, day, month and year. Ayanabala is the strength given to a planet by its declination Following the above are given the rules for calculating the planet s Cheshtabala (motional strength) For the five pon lumi nous planets it is to be noted that the Sighrochcha of the superior planets Vars, Jupiter and Saturn, is the mean longitude of the Sun, the mean longitude of the superior planets being their mean helio centric longitude The Sigbrochcha of the inferior planets- Mercury and Venus--is the mean heliocentric longitude of each , and the mean longitude of Mercury and Vetus is the mean longitude of the Sun The Nassargikabala (patural strength) is a fixed quantity for each planet in sloka 21 the author explains the method of determining strength of Bhavas of Houses. Aspects of planets to a Bhava are counted to the mid point of a Bhava. CHAPTER IV The author gives two methods for finding the amount of good And evil placet contributes to the life The first method, given 10 slokas 2 to 7 inclusive, multiplies the total stregth (Shadbala) of a planet by the square root of the product of the planet s Exaltation strength ani Cheshta strength to give planets beneficent effect (Ichta) The evil effect (Kashta) is obtained by substituting in the above formula one miris the "Exaltation strength and one minus the "Cheshta' Strength The aspects between placets are substituted in the above formula to obtain Ibtis good and evil powers.

·163 SUMMARY Beginding with sloka 8 is given a second method of obtaining the good and evil effects of planets upon the nativity. The basis of the second method is the digarties and debilities placets receive from occupying various signs and sub divisioas of Sigas. The author states that a planet receises dignities in the following order: 93 J) 92 1 .. 90 .. Good Good Exaltation 1:09 Rupal Neutral .125 Rupa Moolatrikona 75 Enemy 0625 Swakshetra .50 Great enemy. .03125 Great Friend •375 Depression 0000 Friend 25 The debilities are reckoned to be Unity sinus the value of the corresponding digaity So the evil effect would be Evil 1.00 Lxaltation 0 1.00 •75 • 25 Moolatrikona 100 Swakshetra 1.00 .50 50 625 •375 Great Friend 1.00 Friend 1.00 25 .75 Neutral 1.00 .875 •125 1.00 Enemy 0625 9375 03125 .96875 Great Enemy 1 00 1 00 *0000 = 1 00000 Depression - - Without looking any further, 7 moment's reflection will show that tbe average planet will have about two or three times as much evil as good because there are only two signs of the twelve which give a preponderance of good to any particular planet, and nine Sigos give a preponderance of evil Statistics show that people Tre born fairly evenly in numbers throughout the days, months and years in any large section of the population of 1 country or State Therefore by the above method the average person would have three times more evil thao good in his life In order to make the method agrecable to reason let the evil decrease from Depression in the same ratio that good decreases ·164 sigarala: be .. . ... .. OU ... .. from Exaltation. The following is proposed according to this latter principle Evil Depression 1.00 Great Enemy •75 Edemy .50 Neutral •375 Friend •250 Great Friend •125 Swakshetra •6625 Moolatrikona *03125 Exaltation 0-00000 Proceeding with Sripati's second method the values of the planet's dignities and debilities in the six remaining sub divisions (Vargas) - Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, Navamsa. Dwadasamsa and Trimsamsa,—are one half as much as would be reckoned on a Rası of the same name Next divide by four the total of the good and the total of the evil for each of the planets. These numbers in separate columns are written under the planet on a line marked Beneath, in their order, write one half of the above values in their proper columns for each of the six Vargas, Hora, Drel kaoa, etc. The result of these operations are called Planets' good and evil Paghtee. The total good influence of the lord of the Rası o which a planet is placed is multiplied by the planet's good Paoktee to obtain the planet's good 'Madhyamaphala" The good influence of the lord of a Rası is that evaluation by the rules of slakas 8 and 9. Likewise the total evil influence of the lord of the Rosi D nhich a planet is placed is multiplied by the planet's eu! Pasktee to obtain planet's evil Madhyamaphila The evil ipſuence of the lord of the Rası is that evaluated by the rules of slokas 8 and 9 Rası The same process is repeated for the six Vargas, using each Varga lord in turn Take square root of product of Ishta Shadbala of Varga lord and Ishta Shabals of the platet occupying the Varg. With this result multiply the planet's good Mindhyama* phala The final result is gool Spashta ·165 SUMMARY The Ishta Shadbala of the Vargı lord and the Ishta Shadbil z of the placet occupying tbe Varga are obtained by the operation of the rules given in slokas 2 7 inclusive Repeat the above operations for errh of the remaining sit Vargas of cach piract. For the evil Spishta substitute ja the above formula Kashta Shadbala and cvil Vadhyamaphala of each of the Vargas of each planet occupying the Vargı The total of the seven good Spashtas of each planet represents the planet's power for good, and the total of the evil Spashtas of each plan-t represents its poner for evil in the life. CHAPTER V The first subject treated is length of life indicated by the Amsaja method. The basis of the metho is the years indicated by cach planet occupying one of the twelve Navamsas Each of the twelve Navamsas, starting from Aries counts dominally for a year of life. The number of years obta aed by each planet is increased or diminished according to rules laid dowa ia slokas 2 18 inclusive Slok? 19 begins the Pind yurdaya method of cal culating the length of life The basis of this method is a specified number of years for each planet in its exaltation one half the amount in its depression lod intermediate points calculated by the rule of three Certain rules are given for rectifying the result The Naisirgthayurdaya method and the method of Jeeva sarman are identical with the Pındıyardıya, except for the number of years allotted to a planet 10 its exaltation point The Amcija method is applicable to a horoscope in which the Ascendant is stronger than the Sun or the Moon The Plodija method is applied when Sun is the strongest The Naisargıkayurdaya is applied when the Moon is the strongest And Jeevasarman s method is recommended when the Sun the Moon and the Ascendant are all weak. Finally, these methods apply only to people who lead temperate and wholesome lives CHAPTER VI Harmful planetary conditions in a boroscope may hinder or make yoid the length of life promised by the above computations If such a condition occurs the doubt may be solved by comparing ·166 धीपतिपद्धतिः the strength of the p agets produ^int the evil with the strength of the planets which may prevent the evil. To prevent a promised euil the good of the prevention planet must overweigh the evil pfluence of the evil pladet Iſ there is equality in power between the two, some evil will still occur in the life. In tne notes is given the criticism by Kesava Daivazda showing that Sripati's method is untepable, and an alternative method is proposed to obviate the difficulty CHAPTER VII The major periods of planetary influence of which the life is composed are called Dasas The length of a planet's Disa is the amount the planet contributes to th- Ayurdaya. The first Dası will be ruled by the Lagna in the case of the Amsayurdaya method being applicable The Sun rules the first Dasa 10 the Pindayurdaya proces, and the Mcon rules the first Daca in the Nisargayur. daya The second and following Dasas are ruled by the planets in the Kendras of the first Dasa ruler These planets rule in the order of their strength. Planets in the Panaphara position to the first Dasa lord follox. And those in the Apohlıma position come last. The Dacas are divided into Antardasas, which again are subdivided into Vidasis And these last are finally subdivided into Upadasas 1 The ruler of the first Antardasa of any Dasa is the ruler of the D151 itself The second Antardasa is ruled by the strongest planet in the same Bhava with the Disa ruler. Next will come the strongest planet occupying the Trilona Bhavn from the Dnsaruler. Next the strongest planet in th- 7th Bh717 And finally the strongest placet occupying the fourth or the eighth from the Dası ruter In the notes will be found some different opinions in segard to Antardasa rulership, Slokas 18-22 give the method of progressing the horoscope for the beginning of any Dass or sub division of any Dası The method in terms of Western asts argy may be described as follows Add to the eract date and hour of birth the exact amount of time that elap.es till the beginning of the Daea that is the subject of CA quiry With the resulting date and kout, set up a horoscope ·167 SUMMARY the above process for the place of birth, using the ephemeris of the year found by This progressed horoscope is to be used to judge the effect of the Dasa, or sub division to be considered. Example: Take example given in notes, page 140 et seg Before beginning operations note that a siderial solar revolution which is the unit that has been calculated in the Ayurdaya process, consists of 365.256374 days by modern astronomy, and therefore exceeds a common year of the Gregorian or Western Calendar by 006374 days, aud is less than a leap year by •742626 days, and four solar revolutions exceed three common years plus one leap year of calendar by 025496 days, Find calendar date and hour of the beginning of Kuja Dasa Solar revolutions from birth 49 5817 (note p. 140) Year of birth AD. 1853 49 Year of Kuja Dasa 1902 Between 1853 and 1902 there are eleven groups of 4-year periods, containing each a leap year. 1853 +11 X4=1853+44 =1897. From 1897 to 1902 there is no leap year because 1900 is chosen by the Gregorian calendar to be a common year, the sequence of leap years beginning again in 1904. In the 44 years the excess of 4t solar revolutions over the calendar will be 11 x 025496 days='28045 days, The five common years from 1897 to 193? will lack 5x2563745-1•28187 days Add lack of 44 calendar years .28045 days Total excess of +9 solar revolutions (from 1953)- 36232 days, Convert decimal part of solar revolutions of beginning of Kujadasa (49•68+7) joto days. 6847 x 365.256=250 OS08 add total above excess 1.5623 ... 251.6531 days the result gives *6531 of a day=15 hcurs 40 minutes,

·168
sfrafatalà:
Date of birth April 30, 1853.
Beginning of Kuja Dasa 251 days 49 years
Date of beginning of Kuja Dasa. January 6, 1903.
Hour of birth is 5-35 A, M.
Add
15-40
21-15
Subtract 32-00
gives
9-15 P. M.
Therefore by the above calculations the beginning of Kuja
Daca is 9–15 P.M January 6th, 1903 1. D. at birth place,
5 hrs 20 min, East of Greegwich. It is therefore easy to set up
the progressed horoscope using ephemeris of 1903 A. D. and
Tables of Houses for Latitude 10° 38' N.
CHAPTER VIII
This chapter is devoted to a resume of the various factors
that will enable the astrologer to predict the cool or evil that
may cccur in the life from the ripening of past Karma, as indicated
by the various methods that have been explained in the previous
chapters

·श्लोकानुक्रमणिका N.B-The Roman and Arabic numerals opposite to each sloka refer respectively to the chapter to which it belongs and to its number therein, V, 3 . . VIII, 12 VII, 4 VII, 1 VII, 17 V, 29 V, 30 III, 7 VII, 15 VIII, 2 V,34 III, 13 V, 2 II, 4 IV, 9 V,27 V, 6 V,16 अ (11) अध्यायानामष्टके अन्तर्दशाग्यः भन्तर्दशाप्रभृति अन्तर्दशाभ्यो अंशोद्भवं लग्नबलात् अंशोद्भवं लग्नबलेन अर्काकुजात् भर्द्धमेकगृहगः भष्टवर्गजफल अहोभ्यः सरामः भस्त्रिमागेपु भा (5) आधा दशा VII, 12 आयु.कलानां V,14 आयुीनादेव V, 1 आयुलियाः V,17 आयुसथतेषु इ (3) इति जातककर्मपति VIII, 11 इटकष्टयरनिर्णयाचतो इष्टोस्टरवे हि VII, 28 उ (4). II, 1 उत्तेपु राशि VII, 25 उत्पादितं हि VII, 27 उभे फले मो.प.22 ॐ (1) ऊने भवेता ए (6) एकोनदीधितिसमादिह एकोनितश्चैक एतच्छुभाख्यं एतस्करे एतेऽपि गुण्याः एवं कार्या क (6) कण्टकादिपरिभाषया कण्टकाद्युपगतेषु कृत्वाशकानां केन्द्रादिगाना कान्तिः सौम्या करखेचरदशासमये ख (1) खेचरो जायते ग (4) VIII, 10 III, 5 VII, 16 VII, 11 III, 15 VIII, 6 V,23 V,35 V,11 IV, 1 गुण्या गुणः गृहादिक वगंगणे ग्रहः म्बोधहीनः V,33 III, 16 ग्राझं राशिमभूति उमानि यस्मात् घ(3) चकादंहानी V,24 चेपायकेन्द्राणि कुजादि IV, 3 चेष्टाएयकेन्द्राग्यधिकानि IV, 4 IV, 13 ·176 श्रीपतिपतिः VII, 18 I, 11 III, 22 III, 18 I, ज (5) जन्मकालकरियात जन्मप्रयाणप्रतबन्ध जलजचतुष्पद जह्याम्मभ्यग्रहमिति शेयोऽत्र प्रथम त (10) तत्रखाभरसचन्द्रलोचन तदेवरूपाच्युतमेच तदातमूल तद्राशिसज्ञ तर्गमूल ताशो भवति त्यक्त्वेपुभ्य निधेकपादा "यशक हरति यशोनित पाद स्वव पूर्ण शुभ V, HI, 12 IV, 6 IV, 11 V,12 VII, 19 II, 3 II, 5 V,22 V, 5 निजोधशुद्ध V,20 मीचोनिता. IV, 2 नीचोनो III, 2 नयोणिका ये VIII, 9 प (9) परस्पर वर्गवल VII, 14 पाक द्वादशधा VII, पाक विभेद VII, 3 HI,14 VIII, 3 पूर्व विरप्रस्थ VII, 9 पृथर थर IV, 7 प्रत्यब्दमासानिशाफ्ले VII, 6 प्रायस्तदन्त VII, 7 व (2) बलावबोधेन III, 1 बहुप्रकार VIII, 1 भ (5) भवन्ति चेजन्मनि VI, 1 भादिवर्गपतिवीर्यसगुण VI, 3 भावप्रवृत्ती हि I, 10 भावान्तराशा विभाजित VII, 10 भावाशतुरूप स्खल 1,9 म (2) मध्याहौशुमतो 1, 3 मन्दावनीसूनु III, 19 .य (11) यच्छुभाशुभखगान्तराल VI, 2 यघदम्य कथित VII,30 याम्योदवस्थाचर III, 17 यावन्ति वणि VII, 23 युमार्कचक्र. VII, 20 यो द्रष्ट्रा दशाधिनाथस्य VII, 24 दशानामरिष्टे VIII, 5 दश पतिलेप्रगतो VII, 22 दशाप्रवेशे बलवान् VIII, 7 दशाप्रवेशे स्वगृहादिसस्थे VII, 26 दाराम्मनुष्यात् III, 23 II, 2 न (11) मक्तबला HI, 9 मखा शशी द्वौ V,26 मतमोवीर्यवता III, 10 नत्वा तो गुरुदेवता नवाश्विनी भवाशका पच V,10 मवेन्दयो वाणयमा. V,10 ·171 श्लोकानुनमणिका III, 4 IV, 10 V,37 V, 38 VIII, 4 VII, 5 शत्रुभे भवति I, 4 IV, 12 1V, 5 युग्माशकगतौ ये खेटभोच्चादिफले ये धर्मकर्मनिरता ये पापलुब्धा ये राजयोगा योगामिध स्यादिह र (3) राने शेषे गते घा राशीश्वरस्थापि रूपोनिताना ल (9) रामसूर्यशशिनो लग्न गृहोन लग्न चतुर्थात् रग्नादित्योडुपाना रग्नाम्बुजामिन लग्नार्कयो लग्ने तु वीर्यपधिक रोदय लिप्तीभूने व (7) वदन्ति भावैक्यदर वर्गशतरस्यग्रहवीयघात वोत्तमारमीय V, 8 वोत्तमे स्वभवने V, 4 विलग्नतिग्माशुहिमयुतीनां 1,31 विश्लेष्य शेपस्य V, 5 अर्क शशी III, 11 श (4) III, 3 शुभावलोकिते III, 21 शुभाशुभव VI, 4 शुभोनलग्ने V,15 प (1) पड्भाधिक चेत् III, 8 स (8) सप्तवर्गजफलस्य VII,20 सविकरादिति VII, 21 सौम्यैटे III, 20 VIII, 8 स्थानवीयमित HI, 6 स्ववगाना VII, 13 म्वस्वक्षेपा II, 6 म्वाधरूप IV, 8 V,33 V, 13 I, 6 VII, 8 खाणामुक्त जातके V,36 V,18 I, 6 V,36 I, 8 IV, 14 हरयुतिविहता ए,95 ·विषयानुक्रमणिका N, B.-The Roman and Arabic dumerals opnosite to each refer respectively to the Adhyaya qnd the Sloka therein in which It occurs. Figure enclosed in brackets against any word refers to the mage in which the word occurs भ अंशजायुस् (76), V.16 नशायुदय (90), (91), (92), V- 17, 27, 29-30, 35, (105) अशायुदायदशात्रम VII-9-11 अत्यधमा दशा (120) अत्युत्तमादशा (120) अधमादशा (120) अधिमित्र III-2,VIII 7 अधिशनु III 3 अनन्तरताडकV910 भनिष्फरा VII-7 अन्तर्दशा VII-1, 4, 911, 16, 16, 18, VIII 6 अन्तर्दशानाथ (148) अवदरल VII-6 अब्दमासधुनिशापर दशा VII 6 अमितायुस् (75) अयनबल III-15-16 (45),(47) भयनाश (3], (6), (7), (25),(40), IV-3 भरिएमा VI अवरोहपर (13) अपरोहिणीदशा (120) भशुमदशा VII-22, 23, 27, 29 VIII-2-5,8 अशुभपती (68) अनुभमध्यमफल (71) अशुभरश्मि (61) अश्विनी (5) अष्टकवर्ग (148), VIII-3 अटकवर्गदशा VH-5 असु (157), (158), (159), (160) अस्तगत (111) अस्तगतहानि V.32,34 अन्तलन I.4 अहर्गण (41). (143), (141), VII-10-21 आ भापोक्लिम VIII.10 आपोकिमदशा (125) आपोदिमवल III-5 आयुर्दाय V-1, VII 18 आयुष्कला V.12 आरम्भसन्धि (11), (13) आरोहपर (13) आरोहिणोदशा (120) आधयगुण V-12 ·विषयानुक्रमणिका 173 ग उ केशवदेवज्ञ (136) ६ इष्ट IV-1, 6,7 रोदयहरण V-26-27 क्षेप II-6 इदृष्टिचक्र (64) इष्टपड्बल (63) इष्टससवर्गजबल (66) गणितागतायुर्दाय (74),(76), (107 गतिबल (48) गर्ग (136) उच्चगुणक V-2,3 गुणक उशबल III.2 आश्रय-V-11 उञ्चरश्मि IV.2 उच्च-(77); V-2-3 उचरश्मिचक्र (58 उच्चरहिम-(78) उच्चरश्मिफल IV.5 कर्मयोग्य-V-12 उत्पल (134) चेष्टा-V.2-3 उन्नत 1-3, III.9, 10 चेष्टारश्मि-(78) उपचय VII.24; VIII-2,3 स्फुट-V-2.3 उपदशा VII.1, 17, 18 होरादीतर-(80) गुणाकर (103) गृप (112) कर्मयोग्यगुणक V-12 अन्य VIII-12 कलियुग (41); VII-18 प्राविण्य III-6, 7,8 • क्ल्प (139) कल्याणवर्मन् (103) प्रारयण (18) प्रहरट II.2-5 कष्ट IV-1, 6-7 कष्टष्टिचा (64) प्रयुक, 11-17; (111) कटपड्वल (63) कष्टमप्तवर्गवर (I) भानाहान (87), (88), V. कालयल III8,9,10,11,12,13, 18,17, 24,33.34 14 Hiनि (157), 158), (159), कालहोरा III.14 कीट III-21% 306) HirAS (117) पृतयुग (61) Supfire I.183; (10); IV. केतकर (69) केन्द्र VIL-8,9; HP) ypit V-23 केन्द्रादिवर 11. ध , ·174 श्रीपतिपद्धति चेष्टारश्मि IV.4 गुणक (78) चक्र (59) --पल IV5 . रावल II-6, (19), (55) रष्टि II.2-5, VII5 दृष्टिमाधनाध्याय 11 देवल V.25, VII देवाण III 3, (113) -बल III5 द्वादशाश III 3, (113) द्वापरयुग (41) द्विग्यादिग्रहयोग (117) जातककर्मपद्धति I1, VIII ll जीवशर्मन् V 32, (102) जीवशायुदाय (76), V 16, 35 ज्यग्बल III-20 ध त त्रिभागबल III 13 विशारा (29), (109), (113) प्रेतायुग (41) दशा VII 1,8 9 11, 16, 18, 19, 22 अध्याय VII -म (114), VII 3,7,8, 14, (131) --- नाथ VII 24, (126), (133), (134) दृष्टिफल- VII 5, (117) भावपल- VII4 योग-VII5 राशि-VII4 दशाध्यायी (48) दामोदर (103) दिग्दल III 66,21,23 दिनपवल III 14 दिनरात्रिविभागबर 111-13 दिवारदेवा (26), (28) (49), (93), (104), (135) धातुस्वरूपभेद VII 6 न नत I-3,4,, III-10 नतोन्नतवल III 9, 10 नवाश (24) (112),(113) नाममयोगा (13) नियतायुस् (75) fagio VIII 9 निर्याणाध्याय VIII 9 निसर्ग See नैसर्गिक निमगन V !, 16 निसर्गायुर्दाय V. 26 31, 35, VII 911, 1214 नीरवण्ठV-31 नैसर्गिक्दशा VII-3 नमगिकदर III 19 नैसर्गिकायुस् V1 नैसर्गिकायुदाय V26 31, 35, VII 9 11, 12 14 नैसर्गिकायुयदशाम VII 1214 प पक्षबल III-11, 12, 16 पञ्चमहापुरपयोगा (117) ·15 विषयानुक्रमणिका मामपबल III-14 भिप्रक्षेत्र III-2 मिश्रफला (120) मिश्रायुर्दाय (104), V-36 मूलत्रिकोण III-2, (27), (28) मेष (5) पञ्चाङ्ग (3) पणफर III-5%3 (125), VIII-10 परमायुस् (75) पाक VII-3 पापरव (111) पिण्डज (76); V-16 पिण्डायुदाय V.19.22, 26, 27, 29-31, 33-35 पिण्डायुयदशाक्रम VII.1.-14 प्रत्यड्नत I-3, 4 मानत I.3,4 मैथुन VII-6 य यवन VII-2 युग्मायुग्मबल III.4 योगाः (117) योगजायुस (74) योगदशा VII-5, 30 पादरायण VII.9 भ , भाकर VI-2 महोत्पल (118), (134), (136) भाव I-2, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, (154) भावदिग्यल III.21, 23 भावहग्यल (21) भावफल 19, 10, (125) भावफलदशा (117), VII-30 भावयल III.20, 21 भारमन्धि 1-8,9 भावांश 1.9, (13) भास्कराचार्य (2), (44) भोजन VII-6 रश्मि IV-2 रश्मिफल IV.5, (60) राजयोगाः (117) राशि (23) राशिदशा VII.4 रिक्ता दशा (120) रिट VI-1-5 रिएभा VI.1-5, VIII.5-7 रिएजायुम् (75), (107) ल लग्न 1.4, VII.8,9, VIII-8 लग्नदशा VII.8, 9.11 लानबल III.21 छानान्तर्दशा: VII.9.11 सम्नायुम् V.18,35 म व मणिस्य VII.3%; (120) मध्यमह III-18 मध्यरान 1.5 मध्या दशा (120) मय (135), (136) महाभूत (118) घराहमिहिर (74), (87), (Iol), (103), (18), VII-26; (148-149) वर्ग III.37 (79), VIII-7 ·176 धीपतिपद्धतिः वर्गबल (109), (129), (131); VII -1214 घर्षपबल III.14 विदशा VII-1, 4, 11, 17, 18 विरामसन्धि (13) विष्णुगुप्त VII-2 वीर्य III-20 श शरीरधातुस्वरूपभेद VII-6 शत्रुक्षेत्रहरण V-22, 23, 33-34 शाह III-3 शीघ्रकेन्द्र III.18 सीमोच III-17 शुभदशा VII.92,37-29%3B VIHI 2-5,8 शुभपंक्तो (68) शुभमप्यमफळ (70) श्रीधर V-36 श्रीपति I-1B (1353 VIII-11 प पदयल III, 20 सप्तवर्ग III.3%3 VII-22 सप्तवर्गजबल III.2-3 सप्तवर्गसुभाशुभफल IV-8,9 सप्तांश III-33; VI-+-5 सम III-2,3 सम्पूर्णादशा (120) सायनग्रह (45) सावन VII-20 सिद्धसेन VII.2. सिद्धान्त I-2 सिद्धान्त शिरोमणि (2) सुन्दरमिश्र (133) सुबोधिनी (136) सौम्पाय (111) स्त्रीजातक VIII-8 स्थानयल III-2-5 स्पष्ट ग्रह III-17, 18 सष्टशुभाशुभ IV-14 स्फुटगुणक 1-2-3 स्वक्षेत्र III-3 ६ सत्यमुनि VII-3 सत्यचाय V.21 VII.3 सावशरीरधानुस्वरूपदशा VII.6 सन्धि 1.8,9,10 हित (112), (113) होरा III-3, (113) होरादिवर्गदशा VII-5 होरापबल III-14 होराफल - ·INDEX, N B-The roman and Arab c numerals oppos te to each rcfer respectively to the Adhyaya to wh ch it belongs and to the number of ti e Sloka there a Figure enclosed 10 brackets against any word refers to the page a wh ch the word occars A ABDAPHALA VII-6 ADHAMA DASA (120) ADHIMITRA III-2 VIII--7 ADHISATRU III-3 AHARGANA (41) (140) (141) VII -91 AHITA (111) (112) (113) ALIQUOT PARTS VII-16 AMITAYUS (75) AMSAJA AYUS (76) V-16 IMSAL URDAYA (90) (91) (92) V -27 29 30 (100) 35 AMISAYURDAYA DASAKRAMA VII 9 11 ANANTAPATADAKA V-9 10 ANIMAL KINGDOM (148) ANISHTAPHALA VII—7 ANTARDASA VII-1 4 9–11 15 16 18 VIII-6 ANTAP DASANATHA (148) AVUVALRA (49) APOKLIVA (125) (131) VIII-10 AIOLLIMABALA III-5 APOKLIV I DASA (125) ITI WRITION (123) API LICITION of the Niryada Idhyaya VIIIof Str Jalaka VIII-3 of Subha and Isabha to the Dasa periods VII—27 29 ARIMBIA SA DIII (11) (13) ARISHTI —\dhyaya Vi How to determice- 11-15 dund, a Dasa VIII-5 ut. 4. 23 When 15-to be feared most? VIII-6 When can be averted ? VIII-7 ARISHTABHANGA VI-15 VIII -57 ARITHMETICAL PROGRESSION V-23 AROHAPHALA (13) AROHINI DASA (120) ASHTAKAVARGA (148) VIII-2 Dasa VII-5 ASPECT Benefic and Malcfic 1-2 11-16 III-20 21 Strength of III-1 ASRAYA GUNAKA V-12 ASS Life period of an (106) ISTA LAGNA 1-4 ASTANGATA 111) ASTANG ITAHANI V-22 34 ASU (157) (158) (159) 160 ASUBHA Ippl cat on of Subba and to the Dasa per ods VII -27 29 Spashta (72) Dasa VII-21 23 27, 29 VIII-2 58 --Vadhyarbapbala (71) -Panklee (63) -Rasmi (61) ASWINI (5) ATTY IDH IMA DIS1 (170) ATTUTTAVA DISA (1²0) AUSPICIOUS When will a Dasz prore VII-22 AUTPATTIKA (112) AVALOHAPHALA (13) ·178 श्रीपतिपद्धति AVAROHINI DASI (10) ASINABALA 11-15 16 (45) AYANINIS (3) (6) (7) (-5) (46) 1V-3 ATURDAY V VII-8 D ffcrent k nds of (74) (75) (76) Im ta- (74) (75) Itsja (76) V-16 Appl cat on of Chakrapatardha han to he four V 13 16 To hom the st eated n Adh Saya apply 37 38 Id aya V ASUSHI ILAS of Planets 11? B I ADAI WANA V11- IAL 11 11 IDR (33 I HANG THAJA VI BHASI ICHIARII T\TTOTI IL (118) (134) (136) IIIAIII 6 7 9 10 11 (151) 111 IVAI ILI III-O 1 ITIA DICHIA 111-'13 117 DTIL 11 (1) 111111151 I-- (13) 111 VIHALI 1-9 10 (125) BU VAIHIALI DI$1 (117) VII --30 BIIAVASIDII 1-59 IHOJIWA VI-6 1 11 ) (46) III TIL 1-18 I UI LALO Lucie od of (10) IULL Lafc-per od of a (100) C GALI VT House (1-5) CAMIL. I fe penodol (10) LIIN AU ATAT DIISIIANI (87) (9) 1-16, 17 4 33 34 Its app! cat on to the four Ayur dayas-Aasa I odu sarga and Jee asarma-1-13 16 The rule retard ,hen more than one planct are 10 one and the same Ras Sage Devala sve vw th reference V5 CK INDRA IOGAS (117) CHARAI HANDAS (157 160) CHIESHTABALA III-18 CHESITA GUVIA VƏ? 3 CHESITAI CNDRA III-18 (19) (50) IV-34 CHISHTARASTI I1 -4 Chakra (59) -Gugala (s) Ihala IV--5 CHFSHTAI IS IT COWW\CI VENTOT A DAS VII-100 CONCLUSION 111-11 CONDITIOV TIed flerents under I cl the ti reed Icrent lyurday as abo cummcd obta ni CONJU\CTION WITH THE SUN V-S COΙ ΟΥΛΤΙΟΝ 1-1 D DANODA (103) DASA VI-S9-11 16 18 19 27 rpl cat on of Salla and 1ubha to-per ads V-79 Ila apl ala VII-4 Dsoas ol 111-1 Dr sb phala-115 (11) Gosd to be carerepe dna- VII 3 4 Moon & in luence on mental states Ja no 3111_6 Onder og 1-1 1? 14 I as - 111- ·179 INDEX CXALTATION STRENGTH III-2 F FCVIININE PLANETS 11-5 TRIEND'S HOUSE III-2, 3 TRIFVDLY Very-house NIT Subdivision o! VII-1 When wall a-prove auspicious and when not VII-12 Yogi VII-5 DAS \DIYAYA VII DISADIIYALCI (145) DASAKRIVA (114) VII-3, 7, S 14 (131), DAS IVATII VII-21, (126). (133) (134) DIX, Strength of the lord 111-14 DECLINATION 11-15 DEVALA V-25 VII--2 DHITUSWARUPABHED VII DIGBALA III-6-8,21 23 DINAPABALA III-14 DINARATRITRIBHAGABALA III-13 DIRECTIONAL STRENGTH II DIWALARA DAIVAGNA (26) (28) (49) (93) (101) (135) DOG Life period of a (100) DRFKLANA III-3 (113) bala III-5 DRIGBALA 11-6 (19), (55) DRISHTI II--25 VII-5 DRISHTIPHALA DASA VII 5 30 DRISHTISADHIVADHS AY 1 II DWAD IS INSA III-3 (113) DWAPARATUGA (41) DWITRYADIGRATIA IOGA (117) E G GANITAG ITA AYURDIY (74) (76), (107) GARGA (136) GATIBALAS (48) GLUTTOVY V-38 GYOVONIC SHADOW 1-2 GOOD 16-1, 6 VIII-3 to be experienced in a Dasa VII-23 24 influence of the plarets in the several Vargas IV-89 GRAHA DIGBALA III-6 7, GRAHA DRIGBALA (18) GRAHA DRISHTI II-25 GRAHA YUDDHI \ III-17 (111) GRANTTHI VIII-13 GRIHA (11) GUVALA Uchcha (7) V-2 3 Asraya----)! Cheshta Cheshin Rismi- (78) Poradıtara-(80) Karmayo 2- V-12 Sphati V-2 3 Uchcharasm: (78) GUNAKAL 1 (103) H HERM \PHRODITE PI INCTS III-5 HITA (112) (113) HORA 111-3, (+"). (113) HIORADI VARGA DISA VI-5 HORAP IB4L4 III-11 HORAPHALA V-1 HORARATNA (33) ECI IPSE V-22 23 CLCPHANT Life period of an (106) LQUATOR Rising periods at the 1-5 (8), (158). (159) TQUINOCTIAL POINT (6), (45) EVIL IV--1,6 VII-3 to be expe lenced in a Dasa VII-23, 24 ·180 figianala I 1 HORST 11-6 KSHEPA Life period of a--(106) 110UR Strength for the-ond L III-14 LAGVA 1-4 VII-89 VIIS HUVAN SIGN 11-21 2 Reduct on in the lyo due to the HUMAN BEINGS L fe per od of presence of a malefic planet 10 (106) the 176 27 --bala. 111-21 INIMICAL HOUSE III-3 Das VII 9 11 ISHITA IV-16 LAGV1VTARDASAS VII-911 ISHTA DRICBALI (63) LACVATUS 18 35 ISHTA SIPTAVARGAJA BALI LITT PERIOD of men and (65) other to mals (106) ISHTA SHADBALA (63) LONGCVITY olan mals (106) J M JATAI 1 ARVIP ADDHATI I- WADHIA DASA (190) VIII-11 MADHI IGRAH JII-18 JEET AS IRMA V--32 (10") MADHIA LAGNA 1-5 Ayurdaya (76) -16 35 MAHABHUTAS (118) JVEJYADRIGBALA III-10 VAITHUNA TI-6 JOURNEY 1--11 VAN L le-penod of a (106) JUPITER 1-8 NANDACATI (49) K MANDATARA (49) MAVITTH4 VII-> (120) KALARAI A III-3 9 10 11 12 AIALETIC PLANET Reduct an 13 14 KALATOR 11-14 of Ayus due to the p esence of a I ALIYUCA 41 111-13 the Lagna V-'67 MALTA (139) MARRIAGE 1-11 I ALIAVAVAT VAN (103) MISAPABALA 11-14 I ARMALOGI I CUNATA V-1? MASCULINE PLANETS II-5 HASHTA I-16 MAYA (135) (136) KASUTI DRIGBATA (3) MCAN PIANET 111-17 KISIITI SAPTAT IT GAJABALA MICA V SUN VIS (66) CRIDIAN DISTA\CF 1-3 KASUTA SU IDBILI (63) MESHIA (5) IESTA 11–71 (5+) VISRIPITALA (120) ANDRA V11-9911 VII-10 VISSATURDAYA (10+) KENDRADIBALA 11-5 VITRAKSHCTPA II-2 I EDALA (17) (33) (136) YOOLATRII ONT III-2 (7) ETAKAT (19) (28) hRANTI 111-15 MOON VII-8 23 4 25 26 I RITAI UGA (41) VIII-8 KRURODAIA ARAVA - 6 - Cheshtakendm IV-3 27 DASA (15) ·INDES 181 sinfluence on mental states dur ag a Dasa VII-26 MOTIONAL STRENGTH 111-1 18 MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLA NITS 111-3 PARAMA ASUS (75) PATASARA (11) (33) (39) (45) (48) (59) PIVDAJA (76) V-16 PINDAI URDIA 1-19 22 26 27 29 31 33 35 PIVDAYURDAS DAS RAYA 11-12 24 PLAVETS Matual Rolat ons of (19) POSITIONAL STRENGTII III-1 I RANGNATA 1-3 4 PPATI ANGNATA I-34 PrrСEDL VCE VII-8 Q QUADRUPCD SIGY Strength due to posit On in a III --21 17 NABHASA SOGAS (117) NAIS ANGIN 1 AX URDAY 1- 26-37 35 1119 11 12 14 NAISARGILA AIURDAI I DASAKRAMA VII-12 14 NAISARGILA ASUS V--1 NAISATGII A BALA III-19 NIISITCIMA DASA 11-3 NATA 134 III-10 NITONYATA BALI III-9 10 VATURAL STRCNGTII III-1 19 NAVANSA (4) III-4 (112) (113) NLILARANTI -31 VEUTRAL S NOUST 1-2 VITIAV 5111_n MIRIAVADI) 41 1-9 NESARCA Sce under \sar, ky VISAI GIJA - 16 VISARC VUIDASI 1 31 35 V1--911 1'14 NIT IT ASUS (75) R RAJA JOGAS (117) RASI (P3) -Dasa VII-4 RISVIII-2 RISVITIN IV-5 (GO) RLDUCTION - Ayurdaga due to ibe presence of a maleſc in the Laga V–26 37 TIXTA DISA (190) RISITI Ilow to determ ne 11-15 I SETTABIANCAVI-VIII 57 RISHITAKATA VI-25 V111- 37 RISTITAJA ASUS (75) (107) KISING (123) RISING PERIODS 1-4 (8) RISING SICY - 0 QUITOUSC il- ORDET OG DISAS 11 14 VII-IS P TARA TI-2 tahst 11.A 1-1 11., 16 TASAISIAR111-5 (113) 1111-10 TA\CII ITAI URUSIA OCAS (11) 1A\CHIAVCA (3) (50) I ALATIA (111) S SILARI (91) (97) SANA S HOUSE. III-? SIV 11 (19) SAPURYA DIS! (170) ·182 witraggia SANDHI 1-99 (11) (13) SAPTAMSI (23) (7) SAPTAT TRGA III-3 (3) (4) V11- SAPTAVARG AJABILI III- 3 (+ (7) SATTIVARC 4 SUBHASUBHA PIALA I1 -89 SARIR A DHITU SWARPI BHD4 V11-6 SATRIS HOUST 111-3 SATTE I SHETRA HARANA V 3 33 34 SATRUTII (111) SATURNS DAS (1 s) SATTACHATIA - SATIAMU\I V11-3 SAUMYATTA (111) SAVANA 311-O (242) SASANAGRAH4 (45 SINDRALA III-20 SurrP L fo-per od of a (103) SIDDII INTAS I SIDDHANTA SIROVAVI 1) SIDDHASCVI VII- SICHIRA I CVDA III-18 (49) SIGHROCIICIIA 111-17 SIG S S cng h of 111-21 22 SOT AT CONJUNCTION (13) STASIITI ASUIHIA (72) SCASHITA GRAHA 111-17 18 SPASITA SUDII (72) SITUTA CUVIA 3 STIDIA 1-36 STIH ATT 1-1 (6 (10+) 110 (136) 11-11 STRENGTH 1-2 of the lords of the yer mor h Day and Hour 111-14 of hes erat sgns 1 - 1 22 STRIJATAK, 1911-9 STTIIAVAD ALA 111-5 SUB DIVISIOVS or A DISA VII-1 SUBHA DASA VII-2 27 29 VIII-53 SUBHA NIADHI WA PHALA (70) SUBHA PANETTE (68) SUBODHINI (135) SUCCEDCNT FOUSE (1 9) (131) SUV 1-3 V1149 - $ Chesh alendra Il-3 s Dasa VII- SUNDARAMISRI (133) SWISHETTA III- T TANTRA (142) TITI ALIKA MAITRI CHIARAV 1) TEMPORAL STRCITII III-1 8 14 TICCR L le-pe od of a—- (106) TO SURE 1-11 TRCTATUGA (41) TTIBIIGABALA 111-13 TIIVS AVSA (99 (109) (113) TRUT IT ACT 11-17 U UCHCIABAT A It (59) UCUCIIIGUVALA 1-3 VLUCHARASNII II? (55) I CHICHARASVI CHAI TA (55) I CHCUARASTI CUVAL 1 (78) UCHCHIARASVI PIAI A 11-5 UV AT 1-4 111-9 10 (130) UPACHAYA VII-24 VIII-23 UI AD ISA VII- 17 18 UTPALA (136) VARAHAMIRA (74) ( ) (101) (103) (118) (133) (136) VII 76 145) (149) VARAPABALA (4)

·INDEX
183
4
WOVAVS HOROSCOPE VII)-8
WOI LD East from the VIII
Y
VIRGA 111–3 (19) VIII-1
VIRGABALAS (109) (129) VII
--12 14 (131)
VÅRGOTTAMA V
VARSHAPALALA 11-14
VLERY 4 111--20
VERSE VIII-12
VERY TRIENDLY HOUSF III 2
VIDASA VII-1 4 11 17 18
VIKALA (49)
VIRAVA SANDHI (11) (13)
VIRUPAS (20) (49)
VISHNUGUPTA VII--2
VOL 1--11,
YAVANA VII--2
YOGA (117)
YOG JA AYUS (74)
YOGA DASA VII--5 30
1 UGVAYUGNABALA II-4
Z
ZODIACAL SIGNS (154)

·184 सोपतिपद्धति ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS BOOK Gh Ghatkas P Pp. Vigh page pages Vighatikas कुज घटिका च चन्द्र जातक पारिनात जा पा. वृहज्जातक यू.जा. र वि. श विघटिका शनि शुक्र सन्धि स - ERRATA PAGE LINE for RCAD 61 Chcsharasmi 3 (from bottom] Cheshtarasmi 89 5 [from bottom] मासयुए। मागयुक् ॥ २०॥ 156 प्रिवयों विश्वयों